WO2015190812A1 - Power distribution facility live-line working method - Google Patents

Power distribution facility live-line working method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015190812A1
WO2015190812A1 PCT/KR2015/005795 KR2015005795W WO2015190812A1 WO 2015190812 A1 WO2015190812 A1 WO 2015190812A1 KR 2015005795 W KR2015005795 W KR 2015005795W WO 2015190812 A1 WO2015190812 A1 WO 2015190812A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wire
wire support
moving
lifting
actuator
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2015/005795
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
최민수
Original Assignee
서광전기통신공사(주)
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020140069763A external-priority patent/KR101473821B1/en
Application filed by 서광전기통신공사(주) filed Critical 서광전기통신공사(주)
Priority to MYPI2016002158A priority Critical patent/MY178058A/en
Priority to CN201580030710.1A priority patent/CN106463941B/en
Publication of WO2015190812A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015190812A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02G—INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES, OR OF COMBINED OPTICAL AND ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES
    • H02G1/00—Methods or apparatus specially adapted for installing, maintaining, repairing or dismantling electric cables or lines
    • H02G1/02—Methods or apparatus specially adapted for installing, maintaining, repairing or dismantling electric cables or lines for overhead lines or cables
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02G—INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES, OR OF COMBINED OPTICAL AND ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES
    • H02G7/00—Overhead installations of electric lines or cables

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a distribution facility live work method, and more particularly to a distribution facility live work method of establishing a pole by using an auxiliary device for distribution facility live work.
  • the jangju is installed at the top of the pole, and the jangju consists of three insulators that are installed on the horizontal and complete iron.
  • the three-phase electric wire is bound to each of the three insulators by a binder.
  • a power distribution facility live work method comprising: installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles; Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole; Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck; Move the loose neck portion or the wire support portion upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and move at least one of the plurality of wire support portions to which the wire is transferred in a direction spaced apart from the new pole.
  • the slide moving part is installed to be movable left and right in the loose neck portion from side to side By moving.
  • a power distribution facility live work method comprising: installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles; Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole; Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck; Move the loose neck portion or the wire support part upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and rotate at least one of the plurality of wire support parts to which the wire is transferred in a direction away from the newly installed pole.
  • the pin length column has a horizontal arrangement of the length of the knitted column.
  • the electric pole is automatically adjusted while automatically adjusting the height of the loose neck portion, the height of each of the wire support portions, or the height of the wires caught on the wire support portions. New work can be easily performed.
  • a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, etc. which are generally used to replace the power distribution equipment as the first actuator or the second actuator, so that a separate power transmission device for moving the wire support part is provided.
  • the worker can easily perform the work without any hassle.
  • the heights of the loose neck portion and the entire wire support portion can be adjusted in multiple stages, but also the height of the wire restraint portion or the electric wire is increased by moving only the sub-extension portion in which the wire restraint portion is formed. I can regulate it in three steps.
  • the height of the wire restraint or the electric wire can be automatically or manually adjusted by the sum of the length of the vertical extension part, the length of the main extension part, and the length of the sub extension part, and the height of the loose neck part and the wire support part. Can be positioned more precisely at the target height by finely moving the sub extension part after adjusting to multiple stages and approaching the target point.
  • the operator temporarily mounts the electric wire on the electric wire support part while selectively adjusting the height of the loose wood part, the height of the entire electric wire support part, and the height of the sub extension part according to the working condition or convenience, the new pole It is possible to carry out a stable and convenient operation to secure the necessary space for installing pin holders on the spool.
  • the operator can remotely perform the operation of separating the electric wire to the upper portion of the pin holder at the position spaced from the electric wire, a live work space for establishing a new pole Can be more easily secured, and the risk of safety accidents caused by the worker's contact with the wire during the construction of the electric pole can be reduced.
  • the present invention when installing a plurality of LP insulators having different heights, it is possible to easily perform the operation while individually lifting the wire support to match the height of each of the LP insulator by using the lifting moving unit, live work Even when the mounting of tools and tools used in the installation is difficult, the operation can be performed smoothly while adjusting the mounting position up and down.
  • the installation work of the new pole is installed in a state in which the width between the wires installed adjacent to each other, especially the center wire and the outermost side wire than the original installation width proceeds to the installation pole Reduce the risk of safety accidents, such as electric shocks caused by workers in contact with the wires.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing an auxiliary apparatus for live work of a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically showing a wooden neck fixing unit and the lifting unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 3 is a conceptual view showing the internal structure of the lifting unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention in a lateral direction.
  • FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an operation of the lifting driver according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a conceptual view illustrating an operation of the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support, the lifting moving unit and the slide moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a method of live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the third wire support part upward to the wire side in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support part in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a view illustrating a process of positioning a wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a third wire support part in an upward direction and a spaced apart direction in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of transferring wires to first / second wire support parts in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the power distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire from the first / second wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching a third cable support part toward a pin length circumference by moving the third wire support part in a circumferential direction and downward in a method of live wire distribution facility work according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a third wire support part to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of dismantling a wooden neck in a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a conceptual view illustrating a state in which a new pole is installed in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 24 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a conceptual view illustrating the operation of the lifting moving unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a second exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart illustrating a method for live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly constructed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the third wire support unit upwardly to the wire side in the live wiring installation work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support unit in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of positioning a wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving the third wire support part upward and rotating in one direction in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. .
  • FIG. 33 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire to a first / second wire support part in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of locating an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from the first / second wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching the third cable support part toward the pin head circumference by moving the third wire support part in a circumferential direction and a downward direction in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire from a third wire support unit to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of dismantling a wooden neck in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing an auxiliary apparatus for live work of a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution equipment includes a wooden neck part 510, a wooden neck fixing part 520, a lifting part 530, a wire support part 540, and a lifting moving part 550. do.
  • the loose neck portion 510 is framed to support the load of the wire support portion 540 and the wire 30 bound to the wire support portion 540 in a state fixed to the new pole (13).
  • the loose neck part 510 according to the present embodiment includes a horizontal extension part 511, a vertical extension part 513, and a support part 515.
  • the horizontal extension portion 511 is formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Accordingly, the horizontal extension portion 511 is arranged in parallel with the wrought iron 21 provided in the newly formed pole 13 in a state in which the vertical extension portion 513 is fixed to the new pole.
  • One or a plurality of wire support parts 540 are installed on the horizontal extension part 511.
  • the vertical extension part 513 is connected to the lower part of the horizontal extension part 511.
  • the vertical extension part 513 extends in the vertical direction along the new pole 13 and is fixed to the new pole 13 by the temporary wood fixing part 520.
  • the support part 515 has a rod shape and is installed to be inclined between the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513, and connects the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513.
  • the upper part of the support part 515 is rotatably connected to the link member 516 installed at the end of the horizontal extension part 511, and the lower part of the support part 515 is connected to the vertical extension part 513.
  • the support part 515 supports the horizontal extension part 511 based on the connection part with the vertical extension part 513.
  • Installing the link member 516 on the horizontal extension part 511 includes inserting the link member 516 at the end of the horizontal bar connection part 521, and then attaching a bolt member such as an eye bolt to one side of the link member 516. By fastening through, the link member 516 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be in close contact with each other.
  • a bolt member such as an eye bolt
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically illustrating a loosening neck fixing unit and an elevating unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an operation of the lifting driver according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Gawan wood fixing section 520 is fixed to the new wood (13) or the lifting unit 510 to the new pole (13).
  • the loose neck fixing part 520 according to the present embodiment includes a loose neck connecting part 521 and a pole pole connecting part 523.
  • the loose neck connection part 521 is a part connected to the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
  • the loose neck connection part 521 has a structure including a second fastening part 522 capable of attaching and detaching the first fastening part 531a provided in the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
  • the first fastening part 531a extends up and down and has a slit shape having a lower width than the upper part
  • the second fastening part 522 has a shape of a male coupling part protruding toward the lifting part 530. Its end portion has a width at which the lower portion of the first fastening portion 531a is passable and the upper portion is not passable.
  • the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released.
  • the first fastening portion 531a is moved downward by its own weight, the second fastening portion 522 is positioned above the first fastening portion 531a.
  • the end portion of the second fastening portion 522 is in a state caught on the upper portion of the first fastening portion 531a.
  • Electric pole connecting portion 523 is a portion fixed to the new pole (13).
  • the electric pole connecting portion 523 is connected to the loose neck connecting portion 521, and has a clamp structure detachable to the new pole (13).
  • the clamp is a member used to tie the first member to the second member, and has a 'C' or 'C' shape or a belt shape to wrap the second member, and has a bolt or It has a structure in which a fastening member such as a nut is coupled.
  • the electric pole connecting portion 523 has a clamp structure, but is not limited to a specific structure and shape as long as the loose neck portion 510 can be fixed to the new pole 13.
  • the lifting unit 530 moves the loose neck part 510 up and down in a fixed state to the loose neck fixing unit 520. 2 to 4, the lifting unit 530 according to the present embodiment includes an electric pole mounting unit 531 and a lifting driving unit 533.
  • the electric pole mounting portion 531 forms a frame capable of supporting the load of the loose neck portion 510 including the vertical extension portion 513 and the load of the wire 30 in the state installed in the loose neck fixing portion 520.
  • One side portion of the pole mounting portion 531 is formed with a first fastening portion 531a which is detachably installed on the fixed neck fixing portion 520.
  • a temporary fastening part 520 is formed with a second fastening part 522 that is male and female and a first fastening part 531a.
  • the elevating part 530 can be installed on the loose neck fixing part 520.
  • the lifting part 530 may be separated from the fixed neck fixing part 520 by releasing the male and female coupling between the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522.
  • the vertical extension portion 513 On the other side of the pole mounting portion 531, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed to be moved up and down.
  • the vertical extension part 513 moves up and down in association with the operation of the elevating drive part 533 in the state installed through the electric pole mounting part 531 up and down.
  • the plurality of roller members 532 On the pole mounting portion 531 which is in contact with the vertical extension portion 513, the plurality of roller members 532 are vertically positioned so as to prevent the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 due to frictional contact with the pole extension installation portion 531. It has a structure arranged as. When the vertical extension portion 513 moves up or down, the roller member 532 is rotated to one side or the other side in association with the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 in contact with the vertical extension portion 513.
  • the elevating driving part 533 is installed in the electric pole mounting part 531 and receives the power from the first actuator 41 to move the movable neck part 510 up and down.
  • the first actuator 41 may be applied to a power drill such as a power drill, a power driver, or a drive device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment.
  • the lifting driving unit 533 includes a lifting power transmission unit 534, a lifting shaft cylindrical part 537, and a lifting belt part 538.
  • the lifting power transmission unit 534 is rotationally driven by the first actuator 41.
  • the lifting power transmission unit 534 includes a lifting worm 535 and a lifting worm wheel 536.
  • An elevating power inlet 535a engaged with the first actuator 41 is formed at an end of the elevating worm 535 to receive the rotational force from the first actuator 41.
  • the lifting worm wheel 536 meshes with the lifting worm 535, is installed coaxially with the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, and rotates in conjunction with the lifting worm 535.
  • the lifting worm 535 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the first actuator 41, and the lifting worm wheel 536 decelerates in conjunction with the rotation of the lifting worm 535. As it rotates, the torque increases.
  • the worm gear structure including the elevating worm 535 and the elevating worm wheel 536 as described above, it is possible to transmit the rotational power from the elevating worm 535 side to the elevating worm wheel 536 side, and the elevating worm wheel 536 side.
  • the rotating power is not transmitted to the lifting worm 535 side. That is, by applying a rotational force to the lifting worm wheel 536, the lifting worm 535 is not rotated, and the lifting worm wheel 536 is also not rotated.
  • the elevating worm wheel 536 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by the elevating shaft portion 537 and the elevating belt portion 538. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the loose neck portion 510 and the electric wire 30, etc. It is possible to prevent the movable neck portion 510 is moved downward due to its own weight.
  • the elevating shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to one side or the other side by the elevating power transmission unit 534 to wind or unwind the elevating belt portion 538.
  • the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the lifting belt portion 538 and is connected coaxially with the lifting worm wheel 536.
  • the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, the end is connected to the wire support portion 540.
  • a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope may be applied as the elevating belt portion 538.
  • the end of the elevating belt portion 538 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, and a male and female coupling member.
  • the rotation force is the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 through the lifting power transmission portion 534. It is transmitted to the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 is rotated to one side, and the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 and at the same time the loose neck portion 510 connected to the end of the lifting belt portion 538 is pulled upwards. Raised In addition, when the first actuator 41 is driven to rotate to the other side, the lifting shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to the other side, while the lifting belt portion 538 is released and the loose neck portion 510 is lowered.
  • a safety stopper 539 may be further formed below the loose neck 510 to restrain the downward movement of the loose neck 510.
  • the safety stopper portion 539 has a belt or belt shape having a predetermined length and has an end portion connected to the loose neck portion 510.
  • the safety stopper portion 539 is also detachably connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, a male and female coupling member, and the like as the lifting belt portion 538.
  • the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution facilities has a structure in which a loose neck part 510 is connected to a loose neck fixing part 520 through a lift part 530. That is, the wooden neck fixing section 520 has a structure that is fixed to the new pole 13 by the lifting unit 530 and the wooden neck fixing section 520.
  • the lifting unit 530 in the power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device is not limited to being installed between the loose neck portion 510 and the loose neck fixing portion 520, as long as it can elevate the loose neck portion 510. Do not. That is, the loose neck portion 510 may be directly bound to the new pole 13 by the loose neck fixing part 520 without the lifting portion 530 as a medium, and the lifting portion 530 is connected to the loose neck portion 510. It is also possible to raise and lower the wooden part 510 in a state installed in the new pole 13 in another position, not between the wooden neck fixing unit 520.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movable part according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 6 is a conceptual diagram showing to explain the operation of the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 7 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint part according to a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 8 schematically shows a wire support part, a lifting moving part, and a slide moving part according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view shown.
  • the wire support part 540 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the new pole 13 in the state installed in the wooden member 510.
  • the wire support part 540 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes an extension part 541 and a wire restraint part 545.
  • the extension part 541 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 with the shape extended up and down, and is moved up and down by the elevation moving part 550.
  • the extension part 541 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 542, a sub extension part 543, and a fixing part 544.
  • the main extension part 542 is connected to the lifting moving part 550 and is moved up and down by the lifting moving part 550 driven by the power transmitted from the second actuator 42.
  • the sub extension part 543 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state in which a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 542, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 542. That is, the sub extension part 543 is installed to be protruding to the upper part of the main extension part 542.
  • the fixing part 544 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 543 on the main extension part 542.
  • a rotary fixing device, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 543, and the main extension part 542 may be used.
  • the sub extension part 543 is fixed to the main extension part 542 by the rotation operation of turning the fixing part 544 to one side, and the sub operation is performed by the rotation operation turning to the other side.
  • the binding of the extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 can be released.
  • the fixing unit 544 is provided, the length of the extension unit 541 is moved by moving the sub extension unit 543 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension unit 543 using the fixing unit 544. You can adjust it manually.
  • the sub extension part 543 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 without providing a separate fixing part 544.
  • the sub extension part 543 is immovably fixed on the main extension part 542 up and down, and the sub extension part 543 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 543 to the main extension part 542. You can also release the state fixed at).
  • the wire restraint part 545 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 543.
  • the wire restraint part 545 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the wire support part 540.
  • the wire restraint part 545 includes a bracket part 546 and a locking part 548.
  • the bracket part 546 is connected to the extension part 541, and an opening part 546a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed.
  • the locking part 548 is connected to the bracket part 546 and opens and closes the opening part 546a.
  • the opening portion 546a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 546, and the locking portion 548 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 546.
  • the locking portion 548 In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to one side, the locking portion 548 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 546 while closing the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 5). In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to the other side, the locking portion 548 is spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 546 to open the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 7).
  • the lower roller 547 is rotatably installed in the correct position
  • the upper roller 549 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 548. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 546 and the locking portion 548 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 547 and the upper roller 549. That is, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted in the electric wire restraint part 545, the electric wire 30 will be in the cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 545.
  • the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 545, and the wire restraint may be prevented.
  • the wire binding unit 545 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the unit 545 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
  • the elevating moving part 550 moves the wire support part 540 up and down.
  • Lifting moving unit 550 is provided so as to independently lift each of the wire support 540. Accordingly, the number of installation of the lifting moving part 550 is determined in proportion to the number of the wire supporting parts 540.
  • the wire support 540 and the elevating moving part 550 are installed three, of which the wire support 540 and the elevating moving part 550 which is installed closest to the new pole 13, the first wire supporting part And the first elevating moving part, and the wire supporting part 540 and the elevating moving part 550 installed at the center are called the second electric wire supporting part and the second elevating moving part, and the electric wire supporting part installed at the most distance from the new electric pole 13 ( 540 and the lifting moving part 550 are referred to as the third wire support part and the third lifting moving part.
  • the first wire support, the second wire support, the third wire support and the first lift, the second lift, and the third lift are the same in structure and operation, but the first cable support and the first lift are same.
  • the second wire support part and the second moving part are installed in the horizontal extension part 511, whereas the third wire support part and the third moving part move in the horizontal direction (or left and right direction) on the horizontal extension part 511. There is a difference in that it is installed in the slide moving unit 560 to be movable.
  • the elevation moving unit 550 includes a loose neck installing unit 551 and a driving unit 553.
  • the movable neck mounting portion 551 can be fixed to the elevating moving part 550 on the horizontal extension portion 511, the clamp structure applied to the loose wood fixing portion 520, or a structure different from the loose wood fixing portion 520 It is not limited to a specific structure and shape, including.
  • the driving unit 553 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 551 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the wire support unit 540 up and down.
  • a power tool such as an electric driver, or a drive device such as a motor, which is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment, may be used as the first actuator 41.
  • the driving unit 553 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission unit 554, a shaft portion 557, a belt portion 558.
  • the power transmission unit 554 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42.
  • the power transmission unit 554 includes a worm 555 and a worm wheel 556.
  • a power inlet 555a engaging with the second actuator 42 is formed to receive the rotational force from the second actuator 42.
  • the worm wheel 556 meshes with the worm 555, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 557, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 555.
  • the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 555 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 556 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 555. Rotational force is increased.
  • the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 555 side to the worm wheel 556 side, and the worm wheel 556 from the worm wheel 556 side to the worm 555 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 556, the rotation of the worm 555 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 556 is also not made.
  • the worm wheel 556 is connected to the wire support part 540 by the shaft part 557 and the belt part 558. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the wire support part 540 is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. The downward movement can be prevented.
  • the shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 554 to wind or unwind the belt portion 558.
  • the shaft portion 557 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 558 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 556.
  • the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557, and an end thereof is connected to the wire support portion 540.
  • the belt 558 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope.
  • the end portion of the belt portion 558 is connected to the extension portion 541 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 557 through the power transmission unit 554.
  • the shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557 and the wire support portion 540 connected to the end of the belt portion 558 is pulled upward.
  • the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to the other side, the shaft portion 557 is rotated to the other side and the belt support 540 is released while the belt support 540 is lowered.
  • the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment by using the electric power of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of each of the wire support portion 540 , The height of the wire 30 caught in the wire support 540 can be automatically adjusted.
  • the first actuator 41 may be used to move the loose neck part 510 and the wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 to be closer to or separated from the wire 30.
  • the wire support part 540 may be secondarily moved closer to or spaced from the wire 30.
  • the height of the sub extension part 543 in 3rd order the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 is finely adjusted, or the overall length of the wire support part 540 is adjusted. You can adjust the stretch.
  • a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or the like, which is generally used for replacing the power distribution equipment, can be applied.
  • the operator can easily perform the work without having to provide a separate transmission for moving the.
  • the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like.
  • the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like.
  • the slide moving part 560 is disposed above the slide guide part 563 and the slide guide part 563 surrounding the horizontal extension part 511, and the slide neck installation part 551 is installed.
  • the slide guide part 563 surrounds the outer surface of the horizontal extension part 511 in various shapes such as U, U, and K so that the slide moving part 560 can slide in the horizontal direction along the horizontal extension 511 ( Referring to FIG. 11), a rotary roller 563a may be provided at a portion that contacts the horizontal extension part 511 so as to reduce friction when contacting the horizontal extension part 511. Since the slide stopper 511a for limiting the movement of the slide guide portion 563 is provided at the end of the horizontal extension portion 511, the slide guide portion 563 is not separated from the horizontal extension portion 511.
  • the slide extension part 561 is disposed above the slide guide part 563 so as not to contact the horizontal extension part 511 during the slide movement of the slide guide part 563.
  • the slide extension part 561 disposed to be spaced apart from the slide guide part 563 is connected to each other by the slide connecting part 562, and is interlocked and moved when the slide guide part 563 is moved.
  • the slide connecting portion 562 is illustrated as a plate shape, but is not limited thereto. If the slide guide portion 563 and the slide extension portion 561 can be connected to each other, other alternative shapes are possible.
  • the slide extension part 561 is provided with a temporary neck installation part 551 of the third lifting member 550. Accordingly, the third lifting moving part 550 and the third wire support part 540 are connected to the slide moving part 560, and interlocked with each other when the slide moving part 560 slides along the horizontal extension part 511. Is moved.
  • the slide position fixing portion 564 may fix the position of the slide guide portion 563 on the horizontal extension portion 511.
  • the operator moves the slide guide portion 563 on the horizontal extension portion 511 as much as desired, and then operates the slide position fixing portion 564 so that the slide guide portion 563 no longer slides on the horizontal extension portion 511. You can do that.
  • the slide position fixing portion 564 is made of an eye bolt
  • the slide position fixing portion 564 is movable forward and backward while penetrating the slide guide portion 563 by a rotation operation, and thus the slide position fixing portion 564.
  • the contact area or contact pressure between the slide position fixing part 564 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be increased or decreased according to the rotational direction of the circumference.
  • the friction force between the slide position fixing portion 564 and the horizontal extension portion 511 is increased, so that the slide guide portion 563 is on the horizontal extension portion 511.
  • the position is fixed so that the slide does not move.
  • the position fixing hole (not shown) is formed in the horizontal extension part 511, and the slide position fixing part 564 is inserted into the position fixing hole part, between the slide position fixing part 564 and the horizontal extension part 511, The coupling force can be further increased, which can further restrain the slide movement of the slide guide portion 563.
  • the slide movement distance of the slide guide portion 563 is moved by the distance moved by the slide position fixing portion 564 from the plurality of position fixing holes. It is possible to determine the movement distance of the slide guide portion 563 more accurately.
  • the above-described position fixing hole may be combined with the slide position fixing portion 564 is deformed in a different shape, such as the position fixing groove.
  • the newly constructed Jeonju is provided with a dressing pole, and the dressing pole is a long pole structure in which all of the plurality of insulators are installed on one side of the new pole (13).
  • the normal long pole is a long pole structure in which the insulator is distributed to one side and the other side based on the newly formed pole (13). The worker may perform the live work in the state located on the spaced apart space between the LP insulator 25 installed on one side based on the new pole (13).
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a method of live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • step (S4) for transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support portion 540 and by moving the third wire support portion 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction (30) of the pin length column 23 Step (S5) to be located above the installation height, the step (S6) of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support portion 540, and the first / second wire support portion 540 upward Moving the electric wire 30 to the upper side of the pin length column 23 (S7), and installing the pin length column 23 to the new pole 13 (S8);
  • FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. A conceptual diagram illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 12 is a third wire in the live work installation method for a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving a support part upward to a wire side
  • FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support part in a live wiring work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is an example of installation of the pin long pole by moving the third wire support portion in the upward direction and the spaced apart direction in the live wire distribution equipment live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of positioning the upper side than the height
  • FIG. 15 is a view illustrating a process of transferring the electric wire to the first / second electric wire support part in the live wire installation work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving the first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the live wiring installation work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 19 is a first embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 20 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a first / second wire support part to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire work method according to an example
  • FIG. 20 is a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a demolition process
  • FIG. 23 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a state in which a new pole is installed in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the step S1 of installing the new pole 13 on the track of the electric wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 is formed between the pair of the existing poles 10. It is made through the process of installing the new pole 13 upright on the track of the electric wire (30).
  • the fixed neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new pole 13, and the lifting unit 530 is loosely fixed.
  • Fixed to the government 520, connecting the lifting unit 530 and the loose neck portion 510, the lifting movable portion 550 and the wire support (on the loose neck portion 510) to correspond to the position of the existing LP insulator (22) 540 is made through a process of fixing.
  • the wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10 has a drooping shape as shown in FIG. 9, the wire 30 is installed by the pin pole 23 on the new pole 13. It will be below the location to be.
  • the loose neck portion 510 is installed below it, that is, below the wire 30. That is, in installing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13, the wire support portion 540 is installed so that it is located under the wire 30.
  • the vertical extension portion 513 is installed on the lifting portion 530, the horizontal extension portion 511 on the upper portion of the vertical extension portion 513. After the connection, it is made in the order of installing the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513.
  • the provision of the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513 is provided after the link member 516 is installed on the horizontal extension portion 511, and then the upper portion of the support portion 515 is removed. Rotatingly connected to the link member 516, the lower portion of the support portion 515 is made through a process of detachably coupled on a fastening member such as an eye bolt provided in the lower portion of the vertical extension portion 513.
  • step S3 of moving the third wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side the operator moves the sub extension part 543 by a manual operation. 30) is made through the process of moving upward.
  • step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator Only through the process of moving up the loose neck portion 510, or upward movement of the third wire support portion 540 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 550. It can also be done only through the process.
  • step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • step 550 the third wire support part 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 is moved upward, and the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward by the manual operation to the wire 30 side is performed in combination. It can also be done through.
  • step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the operator may be made through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by a manual operation.
  • moving the third wire support part 540 upward or downward means that the third wire including the main extension part 542 and the sub extension part 543 by moving the main extension part 542.
  • Connecting to the wire 30 of the third wire support portion 540 including an embodiment that moves the entire support portion 540 or only the sub-extension portion 543 formed on the upper portion of the third wire support portion 540.
  • the wire binding portion 545 is formed, that is, the upper and lower height of the upper portion of the third wire support portion 540 is integrated.
  • the movement of the third wire support 540 is, of course, an embodiment of moving the entire third wire support 540 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550.
  • An embodiment in which only the sub extension part 543 is moved among the third wire support part 540, an embodiment in which a process of moving the entire third wire support part 540 and a process of moving the sub extension part 543 are combined. Includes everything.
  • the movement of the third wire support part 540 refers to the movement of the entire third wire support part 540 and the movement of the sub extension part 543 separately. It means applying any one of the embodiments.
  • the step S3 is performed.
  • the step (S3) of moving the three wire support part 540 upward toward the wire 30 is completed, the wire 30 is introduced into the bracket part 546 through the opening part 546a.
  • the step S4 of transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support part 540 is locked to the bracket part 546 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening part 546a.
  • the operation of filling the portion 548 that is, the operation of closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548.
  • a step S5 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart directions the wire 30 is positioned above a predetermined height of the pin long column 23, in a third wire.
  • the operation of moving the support part 540 upwardly includes the process of moving the loose neck part 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530, and the second actuator 42 and the third lifting part 550. In this case, the third wire support part 540 is moved upward.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support part 540 upwardly performs only a process of moving the movable neck part 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working condition or the convenience of the operator, or the second Only the process of moving the third wire support part 540 by the actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 is performed, or the operator moves the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation. It can be done only through the process.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 upward is to move the armrest 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience,
  • the sub extension part 543 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
  • an operation of moving the third wire support 540 upwardly is performed by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through the process of moving the 540 upward, and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and the second
  • the third wire support portion 540 by moving the third wire support portion 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction to move the wire 30 upward in the step (S5) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column (23)
  • the distance is a sag of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10, that is, the loosened wood part 510 on the new pole 13 on the assumption that the installation length of the pin length column 23 is constant.
  • the step of fixing depends on the height of the installation of the neck 510.
  • the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added.
  • the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance.
  • the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
  • the third wire support part 540 is newly established.
  • the operation of moving in the direction spaced apart from the electric pole (13) is operated by the operator operating the slide position fixing portion 564, the slide guide portion (563) in the state in which the slide can be moved on the horizontal extension portion 511 slide guide portion ( 563) to move in the direction away from the new pole (13).
  • the third wire support part 540 since the third wire support part 540 is connected to the slide moving part 560 via the loose neck installation part 551, the third wire support part 540 also moves from the new electric pole 13 by the moving distance of the slide moving part 560. It is moved in the direction of separation.
  • the operator manipulates the slide position fixing part 564 to firmly fix the slide guide part 563 so as not to move arbitrarily on the horizontal extension part 511.
  • the step S6 of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support 540 may include a bracket 546 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening 546a. ) By filling the locking portion 548, that is, by closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548.
  • the timing of installing the first and second wire support parts 540 on the loose neck part 510 may be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the step S7 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward to position the wire 30 above the predetermined height of the pin-length column 23 is performed by the pin-length column 23 on the newly formed pole 13. It is a process to secure a working space for installing).
  • the step S7 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and positioning the wires 30 above the predetermined height of the pin head column 23 may include the first actuator 41. ) And the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the elevating portion 530 and the first / second wire support portion 540 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second elevating movement portions 550. It goes through a process of moving upward.
  • step S7 the first and second wire support parts 540 are moved upward to position the wire 30 above the predetermined height of the pin holder 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only the movement of the armrest 510 by the 41 and the elevating part 530 is performed, or the first / second wire support by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550. Only the process of moving 540 may be performed, or a worker may be made only through a process of moving the sub-extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
  • the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 move the first and second wire support parts 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward, and the operator extends the sub extension part by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving the (543) up to the wire 30 side in combination.
  • the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530, and the movable neck portion 510 is installed by the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting movement portion 550.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 may be moved upward, and a worker may move the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
  • the distance for moving the wire 30 upward in the step S7 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and placing the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23 is: Under the assumption that the pinned column 23 has a predetermined projected height, the degree of sagging of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of the existing poles 10, that is, the fixed wood part 510 is fixed to the newly placed poles 13. Depending on the height of the installation of the armrests 510 in the step. In particular, the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added.
  • the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance.
  • the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
  • the transfer operation for the second wire support portion (540) ( S6) and the upward movement operation (S7) may proceed, on the contrary, after the relocation operation (S6) and the upward movement operation (S7) for the second wire support portion 540 is completed, the relocation operation for the first wire support portion (540). In operation S6 and the upward movement operation S7 may be performed.
  • the upward movement work for the first wire support 540 and the second wire support 540 (S7). This may proceed. In this way, the order of the transfer operation (S6) and the upward movement (S7) for the first / second wire support portion 540 can be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the wire support part 540 is moved upward so that the wire 30 is larger than the installation height of the pin length column 23.
  • the working space secured through the step (S5, S7) positioned on the upper side it is made through the process of installing the pin pole column 23 including the pin Wan-cheol 24 and a plurality of LP insulators (25).
  • step (S8) of installing the pin length column 23 in the new pole 13 first, the pinned iron 24 is installed in the new pole 13, and then the plurality of LP insulators 25 are pinned iron 24. Through the installation process, or a plurality of LP insulator 25 is installed through the process of installing the pinned iron 24 in the new pole (13).
  • the first actuator 41 and the first actuator 41 may be spaced apart from the wire 30.
  • the elevating unit 530 is made through the process of moving the armrests 510 automatically and remotely downward.
  • step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be achieved through a complex process of moving.
  • step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the movable neck portion 510 may be moved upward, and a worker may move through the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation.
  • the step (S9) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 includes the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting moving part according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the first and second wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 is moved upward by 550, and the operator moves the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation. It may be made through a combination.
  • step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be made through a combination of the process of moving and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
  • the electric wire 30 is connected to the LP insulator ( After binding to the binder in a state of being in close contact with 25), the wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 are released. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
  • Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and through the opening part 546a, the bracket part ( The wire 30 is pulled out of the 546.
  • step S10 after both the downward movement operation S9 and the relocation operation S10 for the first wire support unit 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S9 and the relocation operation for the second wire support unit 540 are completed.
  • step S10 may proceed, on the contrary, after both the downward movement work S9 and the second wire work S10 for the second wire support part 540 are completed, the downward movement work S9 and the second wire for the first wire support part 540 are completed. Work S10 may proceed.
  • the wiring work for the first wire support part 540 and the second wire support part 540 (S10). This may proceed. As such, the downward movement operation S9 and the displacement operation S10 for the first / second wire support 540 may be adjusted according to working conditions or convenience of an operator.
  • the third wire support part 540 is moved in the new pole 13 direction.
  • the slide guide part 563 moves in the direction of the new pole 13 while the slide guide part 563 is able to slide on the horizontal extension part 511.
  • the third wire support part 540 also moves toward the new electric pole 13 by the moving distance of the slide moving part 560. Is moved to.
  • the operator manipulates the slide position fixing part 564 to firmly fix the slide guide part 563 so as not to move arbitrarily on the horizontal extension part 511.
  • step S11 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the circumferential direction and approaching the pin length column 23 side the operation of moving the third wire support part 540 downward is performed by a worker spaced apart from the wire 30.
  • the first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 in the position is made through the process of moving the movable neck portion 510 down automatically and remotely.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is only a process of moving the loose neck portion 510 upward by the second actuator 43 and the third lifting and moving portion 550 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Or, the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 downward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and
  • the second wire 42 and the third lifting unit 550 may be made through the process of moving up the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510.
  • an operation of moving the third wire support part 540 downward is to move the armrest part 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the worker.
  • the sub extension part 543 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is performed by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 by the second actuator 42 and the third movable member 550 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience, the third wire support portion It may be made through the process of moving the 540 upward, and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and The process of moving up the third wire support part 540 installed in the armrest neck part 510 by the 2 actuator 42 and the 3rd moving part 550, and the operator wires the sub extension part 543 by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving upward to the (30) side.
  • the step S12 of transferring the electric wire 30 from the third electric wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin length column 23 may include connecting the electric wire 30 to the LP insulator 25. After binding and binding the binder in close contact, the wire 30 and the third wire support part 540 are released. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
  • Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the third electric wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and of the bracket part 546 through the opening part 546a. Through the process of pulling out the wire 30 to the outside.
  • the lifting moving part 550 and the wire support part 540 are separated from the loose neck part 510.
  • 510 is separated from the loose neck fixing section 520 or the lifting unit 530, the lifting section 530 is separated from the loose neck fixing section 520, the loose neck fixing section 520 is separated from the new pole (13) It is done through the process.
  • step (S13) of dismantling the loose neck portion 510 in the new pole 13 separates the loose neck portion 510 in the state where the lifting movable portion 550 and the wire support 540 is installed from the new pole (13). It can also be done through the process.
  • the wire transferred to the wire support portion 540 side ( Automatically adjusting the height of 30) can easily perform the task of establishing a new pole.
  • the height of the loose neck portion 510 and the entire wire support portion 540 can be adjusted in multiple stages, but also the sub extension portion 543 in which the wire restraint portion 545 is formed among the wire support portions 540.
  • the height of the wire restraint part 545 or the electric wire 30 can be adjusted to three steps.
  • the operator performs the new pole work while selectively adjusting the height of the loose neck portion 510, the height of the entire wire support portion 540, the height of the sub-extension portion 543 according to the working conditions or convenience. It can be done easily.
  • the operator using the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42 to separate the wire 30 to the upper portion of the pin length column 23 at the position spaced apart from the wire 30 It can be performed, it is possible to easily secure the live work space for installing the pin length column 23 on the new pole 13, the operator is in contact with the electric wire 30 when the pin length column 23 is installed Reduce the risk of safety accidents.
  • All four wire support parts 540 may be moved upward with the same displacement.
  • the third wire support part 540, the third lift mover 550 and the slide mover 560 of the first embodiment are the third wire support 640 and the third lift mover. 650, there is a difference in that it is changed to the rotating unit 660, the remaining configuration and operation principle is the same as the first embodiment. Therefore, the same contents as those of the first embodiment in the description of the second embodiment will be described by sharing the drawings of the first embodiment.
  • the auxiliary equipment for live work of power distribution facilities includes a wooden neck part 510, a wooden neck fixing part 520, a lifting part 530, a wire support part 540 and 640, and a lifting moving part 550. 650).
  • the loose neck part 510 forms a frame supporting the load of the wire support parts 540 and 640 and the wire 30 bound to the wire support parts 540 and 640 in a state of being fixed to the new pole 13.
  • the loose neck part 510 according to the present embodiment includes a horizontal extension part 511, a vertical extension part 513, and a support part 515.
  • the horizontal extension portion 511 is formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Accordingly, the horizontal extension portion 511 is arranged in parallel with the wrought iron 21 provided in the newly formed pole 13 in a state in which the vertical extension portion 513 is fixed to the new pole.
  • One or a plurality of wire support parts 540 and 640 are provided on the horizontal horizontal extension part 511.
  • the vertical extension part 513 is connected to the lower part of the horizontal extension part 511.
  • the vertical extension part 513 extends in the vertical direction along the new pole 13 and is fixed to the new pole 13 by the temporary wood fixing part 520.
  • the support part 515 has a rod shape and is installed to be inclined between the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513, and connects the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513.
  • the upper part of the support part 515 is rotatably connected to the link member 516 installed at the end of the horizontal extension part 511, and the lower part of the support part 515 is connected to the vertical extension part 513.
  • the support part 515 supports the horizontal extension part 511 based on the connection part with the vertical extension part 513.
  • Installing the link member 516 on the horizontal extension part 511 includes inserting the link member 516 at the end of the horizontal bar connection part 521, and then attaching a bolt member such as an eye bolt to one side of the link member 516. By fastening through, the link member 516 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be in close contact with each other.
  • a bolt member such as an eye bolt
  • the loose neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new neck (13) or the lifting neck 510 or the lifting unit 530.
  • the wooden neck fixing part 520 according to the present embodiment includes a wooden neck connector 521 and a pole pole connector 523.
  • the loose neck connection part 521 is a part connected to the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
  • the loose neck connection part 521 has a structure including a second fastening part 522 capable of attaching and detaching the first fastening part 531a provided in the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
  • the first fastening part 531a extends up and down and has a slit shape having a lower width than the upper part
  • the second fastening part 522 has a shape of a male coupling part protruding toward the lifting part 530. Its end portion has a width at which the lower portion of the first fastening portion 531a is passable and the upper portion is not passable.
  • the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released.
  • the first fastening portion 531a is moved downward by its own weight, the second fastening portion 522 is positioned above the first fastening portion 531a.
  • the end portion of the second fastening portion 522 is in a state caught on the upper portion of the first fastening portion 531a.
  • Electric pole connecting portion 523 is a portion fixed to the new pole (13).
  • the electric pole connecting portion 523 is connected to the loose neck connecting portion 521, and has a clamp structure detachable to the new pole (13).
  • the clamp is a member used to tie the first member to the second member, and has a 'C' or 'C' shape or a belt shape to wrap the second member, and has a bolt or It has a structure in which a fastening member such as a nut is coupled.
  • the electric pole connecting portion 523 has a clamp structure, but is not limited to a specific structure and shape as long as the loose neck portion 510 can be fixed to the new pole 13.
  • the lifting unit 530 moves the loose neck part 510 up and down in a fixed state to the loose neck fixing unit 520. 2 to 4, the lifting unit 530 according to the present embodiment includes an electric pole mounting unit 531 and a lifting driving unit 533.
  • the electric pole mounting portion 531 forms a frame capable of supporting the load of the loose neck portion 510 including the vertical extension portion 513 and the load of the wire 30 in the state installed in the loose neck fixing portion 520.
  • One side portion of the pole mounting portion 531 is formed with a first fastening portion 531a which is detachably installed on the fixed neck fixing portion 520.
  • a temporary fastening part 520 is formed with a second fastening part 522 that is male and female and a first fastening part 531a.
  • the elevating part 530 can be installed on the loose neck fixing part 520.
  • the lifting part 530 may be separated from the fixed neck fixing part 520 by releasing the male and female coupling between the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522.
  • the vertical extension portion 513 On the other side of the pole mounting portion 531, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed to be moved up and down.
  • the vertical extension part 513 moves up and down in association with the operation of the elevating drive part 533 in the state installed through the electric pole mounting part 531 up and down.
  • the plurality of roller members 532 On the pole mounting portion 531 which is in contact with the vertical extension portion 513, the plurality of roller members 532 are vertically positioned so as to prevent the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 due to frictional contact with the pole extension installation portion 531. It has a structure arranged as. When the vertical extension portion 513 moves up or down, the roller member 532 is rotated to one side or the other side in association with the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 in contact with the vertical extension portion 513.
  • the elevating driving part 533 is installed in the electric pole mounting part 531 and receives the power from the first actuator 41 to move the movable neck part 510 up and down.
  • the first actuator 41 may be applied to a power drill such as a power drill, a power driver, or a drive device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment.
  • the lifting driving unit 533 includes a lifting power transmission unit 534, a lifting shaft cylindrical part 537, and a lifting belt part 538.
  • the lifting power transmission unit 534 is rotationally driven by the first actuator 41.
  • the lifting power transmission unit 534 includes a lifting worm 535 and a lifting worm wheel 536.
  • An elevating power inlet 535a engaged with the first actuator 41 is formed at an end of the elevating worm 535 to receive the rotational force from the first actuator 41.
  • the lifting worm wheel 536 meshes with the lifting worm 535, is installed coaxially with the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, and rotates in conjunction with the lifting worm 535.
  • the lifting worm 535 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the first actuator 41, and the lifting worm wheel 536 decelerates in conjunction with the rotation of the lifting worm 535. As it rotates, the torque increases.
  • the worm gear structure including the elevating worm 535 and the elevating worm wheel 536 as described above, it is possible to transmit the rotational power from the elevating worm 535 side to the elevating worm wheel 536 side, and the elevating worm wheel 536 side.
  • the rotating power is not transmitted to the lifting worm 535 side. That is, by applying a rotational force to the lifting worm wheel 536, the lifting worm 535 is not rotated, and the lifting worm wheel 536 is also not rotated.
  • the elevating worm wheel 536 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by the elevating shaft portion 537 and the elevating belt portion 538. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the loose neck portion 510 and the electric wire 30, etc. It is possible to prevent the movable neck portion 510 is moved downward due to its own weight.
  • the elevating shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to one side or the other side by the elevating power transmission unit 534 to wind or unwind the elevating belt portion 538.
  • the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the lifting belt portion 538 and is connected coaxially with the lifting worm wheel 536.
  • the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, the end is connected to the wire support (540, 640).
  • the elevating belt portion 538 a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope may be applied.
  • the end of the elevating belt portion 538 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, and a male and female coupling member.
  • the rotation force is the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 through the lifting power transmission portion 534. It is transmitted to the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 is rotated to one side, and the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 and at the same time the loose neck portion 510 connected to the end of the lifting belt portion 538 is pulled upwards. Raised In addition, when the first actuator 41 is driven to rotate to the other side, the lifting shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to the other side, while the lifting belt portion 538 is released and the loose neck portion 510 is lowered.
  • a safety stopper 539 may be further formed below the loose neck 510 to restrain the downward movement of the loose neck 510.
  • the safety stopper portion 539 has a belt or belt shape having a predetermined length and has an end portion connected to the loose neck portion 510.
  • the safety stopper portion 539 is also detachably connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, a male and female coupling member, and the like as the lifting belt portion 538.
  • the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution facilities has a structure in which a loose neck part 510 is connected to a loose neck fixing part 520 through a lift part 530. That is, the wooden neck fixing section 520 has a structure that is fixed to the new pole 13 by the lifting unit 530 and the wooden neck fixing section 520.
  • the lifting unit 530 in the power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device is not limited to being installed between the loose neck portion 510 and the loose neck fixing portion 520, as long as it can elevate the loose neck portion 510. Do not. That is, the loose neck portion 510 may be directly bound to the new pole 13 by the loose neck fixing part 520 without the lifting portion 530 as a medium, and the lifting portion 530 is connected to the loose neck portion 510. It is also possible to raise and lower the wooden part 510 in a state installed in the new pole 13 in another position, not between the wooden neck fixing unit 520.
  • the wire support part 540 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the newly formed electric pole 13 in a state where it is installed on the loose neck part 510.
  • the wire support 540 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes an extension 541 and the wire restraint 545.
  • the extension part 541 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 with the shape extended up and down, and is moved up and down by the elevation moving part 550.
  • the extension part 541 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 542, a sub extension part 543, and a fixing part 544.
  • the main extension part 542 is connected to the lifting moving part 550 and is moved up and down by the lifting moving part 550 driven by the power transmitted from the second actuator 42.
  • the sub extension part 543 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state in which a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 542, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 542. That is, the sub extension part 543 is installed to be protruding to the upper part of the main extension part 542.
  • the fixing part 544 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 543 on the main extension part 542.
  • a rotary fixing device, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 543, and the main extension part 542 may be used.
  • the sub extension part 543 is fixed to the main extension part 542 by the rotation operation of turning the fixing part 544 to one side, and the sub operation is performed by the rotation operation turning to the other side.
  • the binding of the extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 can be released.
  • the fixing unit 544 is provided, the length of the extension unit 541 is moved by moving the sub extension unit 543 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension unit 543 using the fixing unit 544. You can adjust it manually.
  • the sub extension part 543 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 without providing a separate fixing part 544.
  • the sub extension part 543 is immovably fixed on the main extension part 542 up and down, and the sub extension part 543 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 543 to the main extension part 542. You can also release the state fixed at).
  • the wire restraint part 545 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 543.
  • the wire restraint part 545 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the wire support part 540.
  • the wire restraint part 545 includes a bracket part 546 and a locking part 548.
  • the bracket part 546 is connected to the extension part 541, and an opening part 546a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed.
  • the locking part 548 is connected to the bracket part 546 and opens and closes the opening part 546a.
  • the opening portion 546a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 546, and the locking portion 548 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 546.
  • the locking portion 548 In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to one side, the locking portion 548 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 546 while closing the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 5). In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to the other side, the locking portion 548 is spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 546 to open the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 7).
  • the lower roller 547 is rotatably installed in the correct position
  • the upper roller 549 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 548. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 546 and the locking portion 548 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 547 and the upper roller 549. That is, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted in the electric wire restraint part 545, the electric wire 30 will be in the cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 545.
  • the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 545, and the wire restraint may be prevented.
  • the wire binding unit 545 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the unit 545 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
  • the elevating moving part 550 moves the wire support part 540 up and down.
  • Lifting moving unit 550 is provided so as to independently lift each of the wire support 540. Accordingly, the number of installation of the lifting moving part 550 is determined in proportion to the number of the wire supporting parts 540.
  • the lifting moving unit 550 includes a loose neck installation unit 551 and a driving unit 553.
  • the movable neck mounting portion 551 can be fixed to the elevating moving part 550 on the horizontal extension portion 511, the clamp structure applied to the loose wood fixing portion 520, or a structure different from the loose wood fixing portion 520 It is not limited to a specific structure and shape, including.
  • the driving unit 553 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 551 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the wire support unit 540 up and down.
  • a power tool such as an electric driver, or a drive device such as a motor, which is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment, may be used as the first actuator 41.
  • the driving unit 553 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission unit 554, a shaft portion 557, a belt portion 558.
  • the power transmission unit 554 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42.
  • the power transmission unit 554 includes a worm 555 and a worm wheel 556.
  • a power inlet 555a engaging with the second actuator 42 is formed to receive the rotational force from the second actuator 42.
  • the worm wheel 556 meshes with the worm 555, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 557, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 555.
  • the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 555 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 556 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 555. Rotational force is increased.
  • the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 555 side to the worm wheel 556 side, and the worm wheel 556 from the worm wheel 556 side to the worm 555 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 556, the rotation of the worm 555 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 556 is also not made.
  • the worm wheel 556 is connected to the wire support part 540 by the shaft part 557 and the belt part 558. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the wire support part 540 is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. The downward movement can be prevented.
  • the shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 554 to wind or unwind the belt portion 558.
  • the shaft portion 557 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 558 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 556.
  • the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557, and an end thereof is connected to the wire support portion 540.
  • the belt 558 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope.
  • the end portion of the belt portion 558 is connected to the extension portion 541 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 557 through the power transmission unit 554.
  • the shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557 and the wire support portion 540 connected to the end of the belt portion 558 is pulled upward.
  • the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to the other side, the shaft portion 557 is rotated to the other side and the belt support 540 is released while the belt support 540 is lowered.
  • the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment by using the electric power of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of each of the wire support portion 540 , The height of the wire 30 caught in the wire support 540 can be automatically adjusted.
  • the first actuator 41 may be used to move the loose neck part 510 and the wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 to be closer to or separated from the wire 30.
  • the wire support part 540 may be secondarily moved closer to or spaced from the wire 30.
  • the height of the sub extension part 543 in 3rd order the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 is finely adjusted, or the overall length of the wire support part 540 is adjusted. You can adjust the stretch.
  • a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or the like, which is generally used for replacing the power distribution equipment, can be applied.
  • the operator can easily perform the work without having to provide a separate transmission for moving the.
  • the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like.
  • the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like.
  • the wire support part 540 and the lifting movement part 550 demonstrated above are the 1st wire support part 540 and the 1st moving part 550 which are installed closest to the new pole 13, and the 2nd wire provided in the center.
  • the content of the support part 540 and the second moving part 550 is described.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 25 is a conceptual view illustrating the operation of the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the third wire support part 640 and the third lifting movement part 650 according to the present embodiment are installed on the horizontal extension part 511 (see FIG. 29).
  • the third wire support part 640 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the new pole 13 in a state installed in the wooden neck part 510.
  • the third wire support part 640 includes an extension part 641 and a wire restraint part 645.
  • the extension part 641 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 and has a shape extending up and down, and is moved up and down by the third lifting movement part 650.
  • the extension part 641 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 642, a sub extension part 643, and a fixing part 644.
  • the main extension portion 642 is connected to the third lift movement part 650 and is moved up and down by the third lift movement part 650 which is driven by receiving power from the second actuator 42.
  • the sub extension part 643 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state where a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 642, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 642. That is, the sub extension part 643 is mounted to the upper part of the main extension part 642 so that it can be sunk.
  • the fixing part 644 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 643 on the main extension part 642.
  • a rotary fixture, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 643, and the main extension part 642 may be used.
  • the sub-extending part 643 is fixed to the main extension part 642 by the rotating operation of turning the fixing part 644 to one side, and the sub-extension by the rotating operation turning to the other side.
  • the binding of the extension part 643 and the main extension part 642 can be cancelled.
  • the fixing part 644 is provided, the length of the extension part 641 is moved by moving the sub extension part 643 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension part 643 by using the fixing part 644. You can adjust it manually.
  • the sub extension part 643 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 643 and the main extension part 642 without providing a separate fixing part 644.
  • the sub extension part 643 is fixed to the main extension part 642 so as to be movable up and down on the main extension part 642 by rotating to one side, and the sub extension part 643 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 643 to the main extension part 642. You can also release the state fixed at).
  • the wire restraint part 645 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 643.
  • the wire restraint part 645 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the third wire support part 640.
  • the wire restraint part 645 includes a bracket part 646 and a locking part 648.
  • the bracket part 646 is connected to the extension part 641, and an opening part 646a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed.
  • the locking part 648 is connected to the bracket part 646 and opens and closes the opening part 646a.
  • the opening portion 646a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 646, and the locking portion 648 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 646.
  • the locking portion 648 In the operation of rotating the locking portion 648 to one side, the locking portion 648 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 646 while closing the opening portion 646a (see FIG. 22). During the operation of rotating the locking portion 648 to the other side, the locking portion 648 opens the opening portion 646a while being spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 646 (see FIG. 24).
  • the electric wire 30 By operating the locking portion 648 as described above, while opening and closing the opening portion 646a, the electric wire 30 is inserted into the electric wire restraint 645 or the electric wire 30 is separated from the electric wire restraint 645. can do.
  • the lower roller 647 is rotatably installed in the correct position
  • the upper roller 649 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 648. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 646 and the locking portion 648 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 647 and the upper roller 649. That is, in a state where the electric wire 30 is fitted to the electric wire restraint part 645, the electric wire 30 will be in a cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 645.
  • the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 645, and the wire restraint may be prevented.
  • the wire restraint 645 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the part 645 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
  • the third lifting movement part 650 moves the third wire support part 640 up and down.
  • the third lifting unit 650 is provided to independently lift each of the third wire support units 640. Accordingly, the number of installation of the third elevating moving part 650 is determined in proportion to the number of the third wire supporting parts 640.
  • the third elevating moving part 650 includes a loose neck installing part 651 and a driving part 653.
  • the temporary wooden installation unit 651 is installed in the horizontal extension unit 511.
  • the armrest mounting portion 651 has a clamp structure and is detachably coupled to the horizontal extension portion 511 by a fastening member such as an eye bolt and an eye nut.
  • a guide part 652 for guiding the up and down movement of the third wire support part 640 is formed in the loose neck installation part 651, and a hollow guide hole part 652a extending up and down is formed on the guide part 652. .
  • the third wire support part 640 is moved up and down in conjunction with the operation of the third lifting and moving part 650 in a state of being fitted into the guide hole 652a.
  • the driving unit 653 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 651 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the third wire support unit 640 up and down.
  • the second actuator 42 may be applied to a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or a driving device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment.
  • the drive part 653 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission part 654, a shaft part 657, and a belt part 658.
  • the power transmission unit 654 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42.
  • the power transmission unit 654 includes a worm 655 and a worm wheel 656.
  • a power inlet 655a is formed at the end of the worm 655 to engage with the second actuator 42 to receive rotational force from the second actuator 42.
  • the worm wheel 656 meshes with the worm 655, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 657, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 655.
  • the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 655 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 656 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 655. Rotational force is increased.
  • the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 655 side to the worm wheel 656 side, and the worm wheel 656 side to the worm 655 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 656, the rotation of the worm 655 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 656 is also not made.
  • the worm wheel 656 is connected to the third wire support part 640 by the shaft part 657 and the belt part 658. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the third wire support part is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. 640 may be prevented from moving downward.
  • the shaft portion 657 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 654 to wind or unwind the belt portion 658.
  • the shaft portion 657 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 658 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 656.
  • the belt portion 658 is wound around the shaft portion 657, and an end thereof is connected to the third wire support portion 640.
  • the belt 658 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope.
  • An end portion of the belt portion 658 is connected to the extension portion 641 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 657 through the power transmission unit 654.
  • the shaft portion 657 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 658 is wound around the shaft portion 657 and the third wire support portion 640 connected to the end of the belt portion 658 is pulled upward.
  • the second actuator 42 is rotated to the other side, the shaft portion 657 is rotated to the other side, and the belt portion 658 is released, and the third wire support portion 640 is lowered.
  • the rotating unit 660 connects the driving unit 653 and the loose neck mounting unit 651 so that the driving unit 653 is rotatable with respect to the loose neck mounting unit 651.
  • the rotating part 660 connects the plate member provided with the guide part 652 and the armrest installation part 651.
  • the rotating unit 660 is rotated by receiving power from the second actuator 42, such that the driving unit 653 connected to one side of the rotating unit 660 is rotated with respect to the loose neck installation unit 651 connected to the other side.
  • the rotating unit 660 may include a worm (not shown) and a worm wheel (not shown). In this case, the rotation of the rotating unit 660 is not performed unless power is transmitted through the second actuator 42. . Therefore, the rotation part 660 may be prevented from being arbitrarily rotated due to the load of the wire 30 or the like.
  • the height of the entire first or second wire support part 540 or the height of the sub extension part 543 can be automatically adjusted using the second actuator 42.
  • the height of the entire third wire support part 640 or the height of the sub extension part 643 and the amount of rotation of the drive part 653 relative to the loose neck installation part 651 may be automatically adjusted.
  • the entirety of the first and second wire support parts 540 may be primarily moved closer to or separated from the wire 30 by using the second actuator 42, and the height of the sub extension part 543 may be increased.
  • the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 can be finely adjusted, and the whole length of the 1st, 2nd wire support part 540 can be expanded and adjusted.
  • the entire third wire support portion 640 may be moved to the primary to be closer to or separated from the wire 30, and to adjust the height of the sub extension portion 643 to the secondary.
  • the height of the wire restraint part 645 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 643 may be finely adjusted, or the entire length of the third wire support part 640 may be stretched and adjusted, and the second actuator 42 may be used.
  • the amount of rotation of the drive part 653 with respect to the hardwood installation part 651 can be adjusted finely. Through this, it is possible to adjust the separation distance between the new pole 13 and the wire (30).
  • the wire restraint portion 545 formed on the upper portion of the first, second wire support portion 540 The height can be automatically adjusted using the electric force, not the attraction force, the height of the wire restraint 645 formed on the upper portion of the third wire support 640, the amount of rotation of the drive unit 653 using the automatic force rather than the attraction force Can be adjusted.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the second actuator 42, and the pulley or the like can be used to attract the manpower.
  • the third wire support portion 640 supporting the weight of the wire 30 is applied to the electric force of the second actuator 42. It can be moved up and down by using, it is possible to more smoothly perform live work without the hassle of moving the wire 30 up and down by the manpower using a pulley or the like.
  • the first and second wire support portions 540 or the wire 30 are moved at a constant speed and precisely at a desired height.
  • the second actuator 42 and the third movable member 650 may be positioned to accurately position the third wire support 640 or the wire 30 at a desired speed while moving at a constant speed.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart illustrating a method for live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the newly installed pole 13 is installed on a line of the wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 (S101). ), And fixing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13 (S102), and moving the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 (S103).
  • the wire 30 is transferred to the third wire support part 640 (S104), and the third wire support part 640 moves upward and rotates in one direction to install the wire 30 by the pin long column 23.
  • FIG. 28 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 29 is a view of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of transferring a wire to a third wire support part in a live wire work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 29 is a view of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating a plan in which wires are installed to be pinned by moving the third wire support part upward and rotating in one direction in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of positioning the upper side, and FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating a process of transferring a wire to a first / second wire support part in a live wire distribution work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 34 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the distribution facility live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 37 is a second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 38 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a first / second wire support unit to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire work method according to an example
  • FIG. 38 is a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching the third wire support part toward the pin head circumference by moving in the circumferential direction and downward in the live work method
  • FIG 39 is a view illustrating a wire in the live work method of the distribution facility according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • 3 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring to the pin insulator LP insulator in the wire support unit
  • Figure 40 is a new wood pole in the new wood pole in the live-work method of power distribution equipment according to a second embodiment of the present invention The conceptual diagram is shown to explain the process of demolition.
  • step S101 of installing the new pole 13 on the line of the electric wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 is formed between the pair of the existing poles 10. It is made through the process of installing the new pole 13 upright on the track of the electric wire (30).
  • the fixed neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new pole 13, and the lifting unit 530 is loosely tied. It is fixed to the government 520, connecting the lifting unit 530 and the loose neck portion 510, the elevating moving portion 550, 650 and the wire on the loose neck portion 510 to correspond to the position of the existing LP insulator 22 It is made through the process of fixing the support (540, 540).
  • the wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10 has a drooping shape as shown in FIG. 27, the wire 30 is installed by the pin pole 23 on the new pole 13. It will be below the location to be.
  • the loose neck portion 510 is installed below it, that is, below the wire 30. That is, in installing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13, the installation is made so that the wire support (540, 540) is located below the wire (30).
  • the vertical extension portion 513 is installed on the lifting portion 530, the horizontal extension portion 511 on the upper portion of the vertical extension portion 513. After the connection, it is made in the order of installing the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513.
  • the provision of the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513 is provided after the link member 516 is installed on the horizontal extension portion 511, and then the upper portion of the support portion 515 is removed. Rotatingly connected to the link member 516, the lower portion of the support portion 515 is made through a process of detachably coupled on a fastening member such as an eye bolt provided in the lower portion of the vertical extension portion 513.
  • the lifting moving parts 550 and 650 and the wire support parts 540 and 540 are fixed on the loose neck part 510 by first fixing the lifting moving parts 550 and 650 on the loose neck part 510 and then lifting and lowering parts (510). Through the process of coupling the wire support (540, 540) on the 550, 650. In addition, after coupling the wire support parts 540 and 540 on the lifting members 550 and 650, the lifting members 550 and 650 may be fixed through the loose neck part 510.
  • step S103 of moving the third wire support part 640 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward to the wire 30 side the operator moves the sub extension part 643 by a manual operation. 30) is made through the process of moving upward.
  • step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only through the process of moving up the loose neck portion 510, or upward movement of the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650. It can also be done only through the process.
  • step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through the process of moving the armrest 510 up by the) and the process of moving the sub-extension (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
  • step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the second actuator 42 and the third lifting member according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the operator may be made through the process of moving up the sub-extension (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation in combination.
  • moving the third wire support part 640 upward or downward means that the third wire including the main extension part 642 and the sub extension part 643 by moving the main extension part 642.
  • Connecting to the wire 30 of the third wire support portion 640 including an embodiment that moves the entire support portion 640, or only the sub-extension portion 643 formed on the top of the third wire support portion 640.
  • the movement of the third wire support 640 is, of course, an embodiment of moving the entire third wire support 640 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 650.
  • An embodiment in which only the sub extension part 643 is moved among the third wire support part 640, and an embodiment in which the entire movement of the third wire support part 640 is moved and the process of moving the sub extension part 643 are combined. Includes everything.
  • the movement of the third wire support part 640 means that the movement of the entire third wire support part 640 and the movement of the sub extension part 643 are not mentioned separately. It means applying any one of the embodiments.
  • step S103 the movable neck part 510 or the third wire support part 640 is moved upward toward the wire 30 in the state in which the opening part 646a formed on the bracket part 646 is opened.
  • step (S103) of moving the three wire support part 640 upward toward the wire 30 is completed, the wire 30 is introduced into the bracket part 646 through the opening part 646a.
  • the step S104 of transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support part 640 may be locked to the bracket part 646 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening part 646a.
  • the operation of filling the portion 648 that is, the operation of closing the opening 646a with the locking portion 648.
  • step S105 when the third wire support part 640 is moved upward and rotated in one direction, in step S105, the wire 30 is positioned above the installation height of the pin holder 23, the third wire support part ( The operation of moving the 640 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lift 530, and by the second actuator 42 and the third lift 650. The third wire support part 640 is moved through the process of moving upward.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support part 640 upward only performs a process of moving the armrest part 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working condition or the convenience of the operator, or the second Only the process of moving the third wire support part 640 by the actuator 42 and the third lifter 650 is performed, or the operator moves the sub extension part 643 upward to the wire 30 side by manual operation. It can be done only through the process.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is to move the armrest 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience,
  • the sub extension part 643 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is a third wire support portion installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through a combination of moving the 640 up and the process of moving the sub-extension portion (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and the second
  • the third wire support portion 640 by moving the third wire support portion 640 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction to move the wire 30 in the step (S105) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23 (S105)
  • the distance is a sag of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10, that is, the loosened wood part 510 on the new pole 13 on the assumption that the installation length of the pin length column 23 is constant.
  • the step of fixing depends on the height of the installation of the neck 510.
  • the sub extension part 643 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 642 is added.
  • the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance.
  • the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30 to 1m, and the moving distance as much as the maximum moving distance of the loose wood part 510 and the main extension part 642 is also set to 1m, Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 643 further upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
  • the third wire support part 640 may be newly installed.
  • the operation of rotating in one direction causes the operator to transmit power to the rotating part 660 through the second actuator 42 to rotate the rotating part 660, thereby rotating the rotating part 660.
  • Driving part 653 connected to one side of the) is made while rotating relative to the armrest mounting portion 651 connected to the other side.
  • the driving portion 653 is spaced apart from the new pole 13 by the amount of rotation of the rotation portion 660. Is rotated.
  • the third wire support part 640 reaches a desired point by the rotation of the driver 653, the operator stops power transmission through the second actuator 42 so that the rotation part 660 does not rotate. As a result, the third wire support part 640 does not rotate arbitrarily after reaching the desired point.
  • the step S106 of transferring the electric wire 30 to the first / second electric wire support 540 may include a bracket 546 in which the electric wire 30 is introduced through the opening 546a. ) By filling the locking portion 548, that is, by closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548.
  • the timing of installing the first and second wire support parts 540 on the loose neck part 510 may be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the step S107 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above a predetermined height of the pin long column 23 is performed on the newly formed pole 13. It is a process to secure a working space for installing).
  • the step S107 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward to position the wire 30 above a predetermined height of the pin holder 23 is performed by the first actuator 41.
  • the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the elevating portion 530 and the first / second wire support portion 540 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second elevating movement portions 550. It goes through a process of moving upward.
  • step S107 the first and second wire support parts 540 are moved upwards to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only the movement of the armrest 510 by the 41 and the elevating part 530 is performed, or the first / second wire support by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550. Only the process of moving 540 may be performed, or a worker may be made only through a process of moving the sub-extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
  • the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 move the first and second wire support parts 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward, and the operator extends the sub extension part by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving the (543) up to the wire 30 side in combination.
  • the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530, and the movable neck portion 510 is installed by the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting movement portion 550.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 may be moved upward, and a worker may move the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
  • the distance for moving the wire 30 upward in the step S107 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward and placing the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23 is, Under the assumption that the pinned column 23 has a predetermined projected height, the degree of sagging of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of the existing poles 10, that is, the fixed wood part 510 is fixed to the newly placed poles 13.
  • the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added.
  • the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance.
  • the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
  • Step S106 of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support 540 and moving the first / second wire support 540 upward to install the pin length column 23 Positioning the position above the predetermined height (S107), after the completion of the transfer operation (S106) and the upward movement (S107) for the first wire support (540) (2107) for the second wire support (540) S106) and the upward movement operation (S107) may proceed, on the contrary, after the relocation operation (S106) and the upward movement operation (S107) for the second wire support portion (540) is completed, the relocation operation for the first wire support portion (540).
  • the operation S106 and the upward movement S107 may be performed.
  • the wire support portions 540 and 640 are moved upward to install the wire length 30 in the pin length column 23.
  • the pin holder column 24 and the pin length column 23 including a plurality of LP insulator 25 is made through the process of installing .
  • the pintle iron 24 is installed to the new pole 13, and then the plurality of LP insulators 25 are pinned iron 24. Through the installation process, or a plurality of LP insulator 25 is installed through the process of installing the pinned iron 24 in the new pole (13).
  • the first actuator 41 and the first actuator 41 may be spaced apart from the wire 30.
  • the elevating unit 530 is made through the process of moving the armrests 510 automatically and remotely downward.
  • step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be achieved through a complex process of moving.
  • step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the movable neck portion 510 may be moved upward, and a worker may move through the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation.
  • the first and second wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 is moved upward by 550, and the operator moves the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation. It may be made through a combination.
  • step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
  • the first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be made through a combination of the process of moving and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
  • Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
  • Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and through the opening part 546a, the bracket part ( The wire 30 is pulled out of the 546.
  • step S110 after both the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation S110 for the first wire support unit 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation for the second wire support unit 540 are completed.
  • S110 may proceed, and conversely, after both the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation S110 for the second wire support portion 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation for the first wire support portion 540 are completed. Operation S110 may proceed.
  • the wire transfer operation for the first wire support portion 540 and the second wire support portion 540 (S110). This may proceed. As such, the order of the downward movement operation S109 and the displacement operation S110 for the first / second wire support 540 may be adjusted according to working conditions or convenience of an operator.
  • the third wire support part 640 is close to the new pole 13.
  • the operation of rotating in the other direction as much as possible causes the operator to transmit power to the rotating unit 660 through the second actuator 42 to rotate the rotating unit 660, and thus, the rotation of the rotating unit 660.
  • the driving unit 653 connected to one side is made while rotating relative to the loose neck installation unit 651 connected to the other side.
  • the drive unit 653 during the rotation of the rotary unit 660 in the direction close to the new pole 13 by the amount of rotation of the rotary unit 660. Is rotated.
  • the third wire support part 640 reaches a desired point by the rotation of the driver 653, the operator stops power transmission through the second actuator 42 so that the rotation part 660 does not rotate. As a result, the third wire support part 640 does not rotate arbitrarily after reaching the desired point.
  • step S111 in which the third wire support part 640 is rotated and moved downward in the other direction to approach the pin head column 23, the operation of moving the third wire support part 640 downward is performed by a worker spaced apart from the wire 30.
  • the first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 in the position is made through the process of automatically and remotely moving the neck portion 510 downward.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support part 640 downward is only a process of moving up the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 43 and the third lifting and moving part 650 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Or, the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension (643) to the electric wire 30 side by manual operation.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and
  • the second wire 42 and the third lifting unit 650 may be made through the process of moving up the third wire support portion 640 installed in the arm neck 510.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience,
  • the sub extension part 643 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
  • the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and
  • the wire 30 and the third wire support part 640 are released through the process of releasing the binding.
  • Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
  • Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the third electric wire support part 640 rotates the locking part 648 to open the opening part 646a, and of the bracket part 646 through the opening part 646a. Through the process of pulling out the wire 30 to the outside.
  • the lifting moving parts 550 and 650 and the wire support parts 540 and 640 are separated from the loose neck part 510. Then, the loose neck part 510 is separated from the loose neck fixing part 520 or the lifting part 530, the lifting part 530 is separated from the loose neck fixing part 520, and the loose neck fixing part 520 is newly established ( 13) is made through the process of separation.
  • step (S113) of dismantling the loose neck portion 510 in the new pole 13 the newly installed pole (510) of the loose neck portion 510 of the lifting movable portion 550, 650 and the wire support portion 540, 640 is installed ( It can also be achieved by separating from 13).
  • the present invention by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of the wire support portion 540, 640, the wire support portion 540, 640 side While automatically adjusting the height of the wires wired wire 30 can easily perform the task of establishing a pole.
  • the heights of the loose neck portion 510 and the entire wire support portions 540 and 640 can be adjusted in multiple stages, and wire restraints 545 and 645 are formed among the wire support portions 540 and 640.
  • the height of the wire restraint parts 545 and 645 or the electric wire 30 can be adjusted to three steps.
  • the operator selectively adjusts the height of the loose neck portion 510, the height of the entire wire support portion (540, 640), the height of the sub-extensions (543, 643) according to the working conditions or convenience Newly built works can be easily performed.
  • the operator using the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42 to separate the wire 30 to the upper portion of the pin length column 23 at the position spaced apart from the wire 30 It can be performed, it is possible to easily secure the live work space for installing the pin length column 23 on the new pole 13, the operator is in contact with the electric wire 30 when the pin length column 23 is installed Reduce the risk of safety accidents.
  • the plurality of wire support parts 540, 640 when the plurality of wire support parts 540, 640 is moved upwardly in the state in which the plurality of wire support parts 540, 640 are pre-installed in the loose neck part 510, it is a hassle for moving each of the wire support parts 540, 640 upward. Without a lot, all of the plurality of wire supports 540 and 640 can be moved upward with the same displacement.

Landscapes

  • Electric Cable Installation (AREA)

Abstract

A power distribution facility live-line working method of the present invention comprises the steps of: erecting a new electric pole on a line of electric wires formed between existing electric poles; fixing an temporary arm part to the new electric pole; transferring an electric wire to an electric wire support part provided on the temporary arm part; positioning the electric wire to be in a higher position than the expected installation height of a pin-pole assembly by moving the temporary arm part or the electric wire support part upward, and moving, in a separating direction from the new electric pole, at least one of a plurality of electric wire support parts having electric wires transferred thereto; installing the pin-pole assembly on the new electric pole; moving, in the direction of the pin-pole assembly, the at least one of the plurality of electric wire support parts moved in a separating direction from the new electric pole; and transferring the electric wire from the electric wire support part to an LP insulator of the pin-pole assembly.

Description

배전설비 활선작업 방법Live work of power distribution equipment
본 발명은 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 관한 것으로, 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용해 전주를 신설하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 관한 것이다.BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a distribution facility live work method, and more particularly to a distribution facility live work method of establishing a pole by using an auxiliary device for distribution facility live work.
일반적으로 전주의 상부에는 장주가 설치되며, 장주는 수평을 이루는 완철과 완철에 설치되는 3개의 애자로 이루어진다. 3상의 전선은 바인더에 의해 3개의 애자 각각에 결속된다. Generally, the jangju is installed at the top of the pole, and the jangju consists of three insulators that are installed on the horizontal and complete iron. The three-phase electric wire is bound to each of the three insulators by a binder.
기설치된 전주, 장주, 애자를 관리함에 있어서는, 기존에 설치된 애자를 새로운 애자로, 기존에 설치된 장주를 새로운 장주로, 기존의 전주를 새로운 전주로 교체하거나, 전주의 위치 변경에 따른 전선의 연장각도 증가 등으로 인해 핀장주를 내장주로 교체하는 등의 작업이 이루어지고 있다. 또한 전선의 연장 위치 변경 등으로 인해 전주를 신설하는 등의 배전설비 신설 작업도 이루어지고 있다.In managing pre-installed poles, poles, and insulators, replace the existing insulators with new insulators, replace the existing poles with new poles, replace the existing poles with new poles, or extend the wires according to the change in the pole's position. Due to the increase, work such as replacing the pin head with built-in head is being made. In addition, due to the change in the extension position of the electric wire, new work on distribution facilities, such as the construction of electric poles, is being carried out.
이러한 작업은 전기가 통하고 있는 활선 상태의 전선을 상하 또는 측방향으로 이동시키면서 이루어지고 있어, 안전사고의 위험이 따른다. 이에 따라, 이러한 안전사고의 위험을 줄이면서 활선작업을 보다 원활하게 수행하기 위한 다양한 장치와 공법이 개발되고 있다.This work is carried out by moving the live wires up and down or laterally, which carries the risk of a safety accident. Accordingly, various devices and methods have been developed for more smoothly performing live work while reducing the risk of such safety accidents.
관련 선행기술은 대한민국 공개특허공보 제2006-0082713호(2006.7.19. 공개, 발명의 명칭 : 2차원 및 3차원 복합 구동수단을 구비한 배전 선로 작업용 다축 로봇)에 개시되어 있다.Related prior art is disclosed in Korean Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-0082713 (published on Feb. 19, 2006, title of the invention: a multi-axis robot for power distribution line work having a two-dimensional and three-dimensional complex driving means).
본 발명의 목적은 작업자가 전선과 이격된 원거리에서 전동력을 이용해 자동으로 전선을 이동시키면서 전주를 신설하는 배전설비 활선작업을 보다 안전하고 원활하게 수행할 수 있는 배전설비 활선작업 방법을 제공하는 것이다.It is an object of the present invention to provide a distribution facility live work method that enables the operator to perform a safer and smoother distribution facility live work for newly installing electric poles while automatically moving electric wires using electric power at a distance away from the electric wire.
본 발명의 일 측면에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법은: 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 단계; 가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계; 상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계; 상기 가완목부 또는 상기 전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키는 단계; 상기 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 단계; 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 단계; 및 상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 한다. According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a power distribution facility live work method comprising: installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles; Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole; Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck; Move the loose neck portion or the wire support portion upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and move at least one of the plurality of wire support portions to which the wire is transferred in a direction spaced apart from the new pole. Making a step; Installing a pin holder on the new pole; Moving at least one of the plurality of wire support parts moved in a direction spaced apart from the new pole in the pin long direction; And transferring the electric wire from the wire support part to the LP insulator of the pin holder.
본 발명에서, 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 것은, 상기 가완목부에 좌우로 이동 가능하게 설치되는 슬라이드이동부를 좌우로 이동시키는 것에 의해 이루어진다.In the present invention, to move at least one of the plurality of wire support in the direction away from the new pole or in the direction of the pin length, the slide moving part is installed to be movable left and right in the loose neck portion from side to side By moving.
본 발명의 다른 측면에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법은: 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 단계; 가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계; 상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계; 상기 가완목부 또는 상기 전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키는 단계; 상기 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 단계; 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 단계; 및 상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 한다.According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a power distribution facility live work method comprising: installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles; Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole; Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck; Move the loose neck portion or the wire support part upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and rotate at least one of the plurality of wire support parts to which the wire is transferred in a direction away from the newly installed pole. Making a step; Installing a pin holder on the new pole; Rotating at least one of the plurality of wire support parts rotated in a direction spaced apart from the newly formed pole in the pin long direction; And transferring the electric wire from the wire support part to the LP insulator of the pin holder.
본 발명에서, 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 것은, 상기 전선지지부를 상하로 이동시키는 승강이동부를 회전부에 의해 회전시키는 것에 의해 이루어진다.In the present invention, rotating at least one of the plurality of the wire support in the direction spaced from the new pole or in the direction of the pin length, the lifting portion for moving the wire support up and down by rotating the rotating portion Is done by.
본 발명에서, 상기 핀장주는, 편장주의 수평배열을 가진다.In the present invention, the pin length column has a horizontal arrangement of the length of the knitted column.
본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터 또는 제2액츄에이터의 전동력을 이용해, 가완목부의 높이 또는 전선지지부 각각의 높이, 전선지지부에 걸린 전선의 높이를 자동으로 조절하면서 전주를 신설하는 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.According to the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the distribution equipment according to the present invention, using the electric force of the first actuator or the second actuator, the electric pole is automatically adjusted while automatically adjusting the height of the loose neck portion, the height of each of the wire support portions, or the height of the wires caught on the wire support portions. New work can be easily performed.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터 또는 제2액츄에이터로서 배전설비의 교체에 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구를 적용할 수 있어, 전선지지부를 이동시키기 위한 별도의 전동장치를 구비하는 번거로움 없이 작업자가 용이하게 작업을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to apply a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, etc. which are generally used to replace the power distribution equipment as the first actuator or the second actuator, so that a separate power transmission device for moving the wire support part is provided. The worker can easily perform the work without any hassle.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 가완목부와 전선지지부 전체의 높이를 다단으로 조정할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라, 전선지지부 중 전선구속부가 형성된 서브연장부만을 상하로 이동시키는 것에 의해, 전선구속부 또는 전선의 높이를 3단으로 조절할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, not only the heights of the loose neck portion and the entire wire support portion can be adjusted in multiple stages, but also the height of the wire restraint portion or the electric wire is increased by moving only the sub-extension portion in which the wire restraint portion is formed. I can regulate it in three steps.
이에 따라, 본 발명에 의하면, 수직연장부의 길이, 메인연장부의 길이, 서브연장부의 길이를 합한 거리만큼, 전선구속부 또는 전선의 높이를 자동 또는 수동으로 조절할 수 있으며, 가완목부와 전선지지부의 높이를 다단으로 조정하여 목표한 지점에 근접시킨 후 서브연장부를 미세 이동시키는 것에 의해, 전선구속부를 목표한 높이에 보다 정확하게 위치시킬 수 있다.Accordingly, according to the present invention, the height of the wire restraint or the electric wire can be automatically or manually adjusted by the sum of the length of the vertical extension part, the length of the main extension part, and the length of the sub extension part, and the height of the loose neck part and the wire support part. Can be positioned more precisely at the target height by finely moving the sub extension part after adjusting to multiple stages and approaching the target point.
따라서, 본 발명에 의하면, 작업자가 작업 여건이나 편의에 따라 가완목부의 높이, 전선지지부 전체의 높이, 서브연장부의 높이를 선택적으로 조정하면서, 전선을 전선지지부상에 임시로 거치하는 작업, 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하기 위한 필요 공간을 확보하는 작업을 안정적이면서도 편리하게 수행할 수 있다.Therefore, according to the present invention, the operator temporarily mounts the electric wire on the electric wire support part while selectively adjusting the height of the loose wood part, the height of the entire electric wire support part, and the height of the sub extension part according to the working condition or convenience, the new pole It is possible to carry out a stable and convenient operation to secure the necessary space for installing pin holders on the spool.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터 또는 제2액츄에이터를 이용해 작업자가 전선과 이격된 위치에서 전선을 핀장주의 상부로 이격시키는 작업을 원격으로 수행할 수 있어, 전주를 신설하기 위한 활선작업 공간을 보다 용이하게 확보할 수 있고, 전주 신설 작업 시 작업자가 전선과 접촉되어 발생되는 안전사고의 위험을 줄일 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, by using the first actuator or the second actuator, the operator can remotely perform the operation of separating the electric wire to the upper portion of the pin holder at the position spaced from the electric wire, a live work space for establishing a new pole Can be more easily secured, and the risk of safety accidents caused by the worker's contact with the wire during the construction of the electric pole can be reduced.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 높이가 서로 다른 복수개의 LP애자를 설치하는 작업 시, 승강이동부를 이용해 LP애자 각각의 높이에 맞추어 전선지지부를 개별적으로 승강시키면서 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있으며, 활선작업에 이용되는 공구나 기구들의 취부가 곤란한 경우에도 취부 위치를 상하로 조정하면서 원활하게 작업을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, when installing a plurality of LP insulators having different heights, it is possible to easily perform the operation while individually lifting the wire support to match the height of each of the LP insulator by using the lifting moving unit, live work Even when the mounting of tools and tools used in the installation is difficult, the operation can be performed smoothly while adjusting the mounting position up and down.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 복수개의 전선지지부가 가완목부에 기설치된 상태에서 가완목부를 상향 이동시키는 것에 의해, 전선지지부 각각을 상향 이동시키는 번거로움 없이, 복수개의 전선지지부 전부를 동일 변위로 한꺼번에 상향이동시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, by moving the arm neck portion in the state where the plurality of wire support portions are already installed in the arm neck portion, all of the plurality of wire support portions are upward at once with the same displacement without the hassle of moving each of the wire support portions upward. You can move it.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 편장주에 서로 인접하게 설치되는 전선, 특히 중앙의 전선과 최외곽측의 전선간의 너비를 애초 설치 너비보다 넓힌 상태에서 신설전주의 설치 작업을 진행하므로 신설전주의 설치 시 작업자가 전선과 접촉되어 발생되는 감전사고 등의 안전사고 위험을 줄일 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, since the installation work of the new pole is installed in a state in which the width between the wires installed adjacent to each other, especially the center wire and the outermost side wire than the original installation width proceeds to the installation pole Reduce the risk of safety accidents, such as electric shocks caused by workers in contact with the wires.
도 1은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view schematically showing an auxiliary apparatus for live work of a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 가완목고정부 및 승강부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.2 is a perspective view schematically showing a wooden neck fixing unit and the lifting unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 3은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강부의 내부 구조를 측방향에서 도시한 개념도이다.3 is a conceptual view showing the internal structure of the lifting unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention in a lateral direction.
도 4는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강구동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an operation of the lifting driver according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 5는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선지지부 및 승강이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.5 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 6은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강이동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 6 is a conceptual view illustrating an operation of the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 7은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선구속부에 전선을 끼우는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.7 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선지지부, 승강이동부 및 슬라이드이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.8 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support, the lifting moving unit and the slide moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 9는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법을 설명하고자 도시한 순서도이다.FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a method of live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 10은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 11은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 11 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 12는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전선측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 12 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the third wire support part upward to the wire side in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support part in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 14는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 14 is a view illustrating a process of positioning a wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a third wire support part in an upward direction and a spaced apart direction in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention; Conceptual diagram.
도 15는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 15 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of transferring wires to first / second wire support parts in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 16 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention; FIG. .
도 17은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 17 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 핀장주측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 18 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the power distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 19는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 19 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire from the first / second wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 20은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주측으로 접근시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 20 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching a third cable support part toward a pin length circumference by moving the third wire support part in a circumferential direction and downward in a method of live wire distribution facility work according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 21은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 21 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a third wire support part to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 22는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에서 철거하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 22 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of dismantling a wooden neck in a newly installed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 23은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주가 설치된 상태를 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 23 is a conceptual view illustrating a state in which a new pole is installed in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 24는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 전선지지부 및 승강이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.24 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 25는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 승강이동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 25 is a conceptual view illustrating the operation of the lifting moving unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 26은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 전선구속부에 전선을 끼우는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 26 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a second exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
도 27은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법을 설명하고자 도시한 순서도이다.FIG. 27 is a flowchart illustrating a method for live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 28은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 28 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 29는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 29 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly constructed pole in a distribution line live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 30은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전선측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.30 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the third wire support unit upwardly to the wire side in the live wiring installation work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 31은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 31 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support unit in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 32는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 상향 이동 및 일방향 회전시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 32 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of positioning a wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving the third wire support part upward and rotating in one direction in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. .
도 33은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 33 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire to a first / second wire support part in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 34는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 34 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of locating an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention; FIG. .
도 35는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 35 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 36은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 핀장주측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 36 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 37은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 37 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from the first / second wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator in the live wire distribution system live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 38은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주측으로 접근시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 38 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching the third cable support part toward the pin head circumference by moving the third wire support part in a circumferential direction and a downward direction in a live wire distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 39는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 39 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring an electric wire from a third wire support unit to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 40은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에서 철거하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.40 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of dismantling a wooden neck in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
이하 첨부된 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법의 실시예를 설명한다. 이 과정에서 도면에 도시된 선들의 두께나 구성요소의 크기 등은 설명의 명료성과 편의상 과장되게 도시되어 있을 수 있다.Hereinafter, with reference to the accompanying drawings will be described an embodiment of a distribution facility live work method according to the present invention. In this process, the thickness of the lines or the size of the components shown in the drawings may be exaggerated for clarity and convenience of description.
또한, 후술되는 용어들은 본 발명에서의 기능을 고려하여 정의된 용어들로서 이는 사용자, 운용자의 의도 또는 관례에 따라 달라질 수 있다. 그러므로, 이러한 용어들에 대한 정의는 본 명세서 전반에 걸친 내용을 토대로 내려져야 할 것이다.In addition, terms to be described below are terms defined in consideration of functions in the present invention, which may vary according to the intention or convention of a user or an operator. Therefore, definitions of these terms should be made based on the contents throughout the specification.
먼저, 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 대해 설명하기로 한다. 도 1은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.First, a description will be given of the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing an auxiliary apparatus for live work of a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 1을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치는 가완목부(510), 가완목고정부(520), 승강부(530), 전선지지부(540), 승강이동부(550)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 1, the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution equipment according to the present embodiment includes a wooden neck part 510, a wooden neck fixing part 520, a lifting part 530, a wire support part 540, and a lifting moving part 550. do.
가완목부(510)는 신설전주(13)에 고정된 상태로 전선지지부(540)와, 전선지지부(540)에 결속된 전선(30)의 하중을 지지하는 골조를 이룬다. 본 실시예에 따른 가완목부(510)는 수평연장부(511), 수직연장부(513), 지지부(515)를 포함한다.The loose neck portion 510 is framed to support the load of the wire support portion 540 and the wire 30 bound to the wire support portion 540 in a state fixed to the new pole (13). The loose neck part 510 according to the present embodiment includes a horizontal extension part 511, a vertical extension part 513, and a support part 515.
수평연장부(511)는 수평 방향으로 연장되게 형성된다. 이에 따라, 수직연장부(513)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킨 상태에서 수평연장부(511)는 신설전주(13)에 설치된 완철(21)과 나란하게 배치된다. 수평을 이루는 수평연장부(511)상에는 하나 또는 복수개의 전선지지부(540)가 설치된다.The horizontal extension portion 511 is formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Accordingly, the horizontal extension portion 511 is arranged in parallel with the wrought iron 21 provided in the newly formed pole 13 in a state in which the vertical extension portion 513 is fixed to the new pole. One or a plurality of wire support parts 540 are installed on the horizontal extension part 511.
수직연장부(513)는 수평연장부(511)의 하부에 연결된다. 수직연장부(513)는 신설전주(13)를 따라 수직 방향으로 연장되며, 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 고정된다.The vertical extension part 513 is connected to the lower part of the horizontal extension part 511. The vertical extension part 513 extends in the vertical direction along the new pole 13 and is fixed to the new pole 13 by the temporary wood fixing part 520.
지지부(515)는 막대 형상을 가지고 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 경사지게 설치되며, 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)를 연결한다. 지지부(515)의 상부는 수평연장부(511)의 단부에 설치된 링크부재(516)에 회동가능하게 연결되고, 지지부(515)의 하부는 수직연장부(513)와 연결된다. 상기와 같은 연결 구조에 의해 지지부(515)는 수직연장부(513)와의 연결부를 기준으로 하여 수평연장부(511)를 받쳐 지지하게 된다.The support part 515 has a rod shape and is installed to be inclined between the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513, and connects the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513. The upper part of the support part 515 is rotatably connected to the link member 516 installed at the end of the horizontal extension part 511, and the lower part of the support part 515 is connected to the vertical extension part 513. By the connection structure as described above, the support part 515 supports the horizontal extension part 511 based on the connection part with the vertical extension part 513.
링크부재(516)를 수평연장부(511)에 설치하는 것은, 링크부재(516)를 수평대연결부(521)의 단부에 끼운 후, 아이볼트 등의 볼트부재를 링크부재(516)의 일측부를 관통하여 체결하는 것에 의해 링크부재(516)와 수평연장부(511)를 상호 밀착시킴으로써 이루어질 수 있다.Installing the link member 516 on the horizontal extension part 511 includes inserting the link member 516 at the end of the horizontal bar connection part 521, and then attaching a bolt member such as an eye bolt to one side of the link member 516. By fastening through, the link member 516 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be in close contact with each other.
도 2는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 가완목고정부 및 승강부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이고, 도 3은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강부의 내부 구조를 측방향에서 도시한 개념도이며, 도 4는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강구동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically illustrating a loosening neck fixing unit and an elevating unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram illustrating an operation of the lifting driver according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
가완목고정부(520)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킨다. 도 2를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 가완목고정부(520)는 가완목연결부(521)와 전주연결부(523)를 포함한다.Gawan wood fixing section 520 is fixed to the new wood (13) or the lifting unit 510 to the new pole (13). Referring to FIG. 2, the loose neck fixing part 520 according to the present embodiment includes a loose neck connecting part 521 and a pole pole connecting part 523.
가완목연결부(521)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)와 연결되는 부분이다. 가완목연결부(521)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)에 마련된 제1체결부(531a)를 착탈시킬 수 있는 제2체결부(522)를 포함하는 구조를 가진다.The loose neck connection part 521 is a part connected to the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530. The loose neck connection part 521 has a structure including a second fastening part 522 capable of attaching and detaching the first fastening part 531a provided in the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
본 실시예에서 제1체결부(531a)는 상하로 연장되고 상부에 비해 하부의 너비가 넓은 슬릿 형상을 가지며, 제2체결부(522)는 승강부(530)측으로 돌출되는 수결합부의 형상을 가지며, 단부가 제1체결부(531a)의 하부는 통과가능하면서 상부는 통과불가능한 너비를 가진다.In the present embodiment, the first fastening part 531a extends up and down and has a slit shape having a lower width than the upper part, and the second fastening part 522 has a shape of a male coupling part protruding toward the lifting part 530. Its end portion has a width at which the lower portion of the first fastening portion 531a is passable and the upper portion is not passable.
제1체결부(531a)의 하부를 제2체결부(522)에 끼우고, 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 들어올린 외력을 해제하면, 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)의 자중에 의해 제1체결부(531a)가 하향 이동되면서 제1체결부(531a)의 상부에 제2체결부(522)가 위치된다. 이때, 제2체결부(522)의 단부는 제1체결부(531a)의 상부에 걸린 상태가 된다. 상기와 같은 조립에 의해 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 가완목연결부(521)상에 착탈시킬 수 있다.When the lower part of the first fastening part 531a is inserted into the second fastening part 522 and the external force that lifts the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released, the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released. As the first fastening portion 531a is moved downward by its own weight, the second fastening portion 522 is positioned above the first fastening portion 531a. At this time, the end portion of the second fastening portion 522 is in a state caught on the upper portion of the first fastening portion 531a. By the assembly as described above, the loose neck portion 510 or the lifting portion 530 can be detached on the loose neck connection portion 521.
전주연결부(523)는 신설전주(13)에 고정되는 부분이다. 전주연결부(523)는 가완목연결부(521)와 연결되고, 신설전주(13)에 착탈가능한 클램프 구조를 가진다.Electric pole connecting portion 523 is a portion fixed to the new pole (13). The electric pole connecting portion 523 is connected to the loose neck connecting portion 521, and has a clamp structure detachable to the new pole (13).
일반적으로 클램프는 제1부재를 제2부재에 얽어매는 데 사용되는 부재로, 제2부재를 감쌀 수 있도록 'ㄷ'자 또는 'C'자 형상을 가지거나 벨트 형상을 가지며, 그 단부에 볼트 또는 너트 등의 체결부재가 결합된 구조를 가진다. 본 실시예에서 전주연결부(523)는 클램프 구조를 가지나, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킬 수 있다면 특정한 구조와 형상으로 한정되지 않는다.In general, the clamp is a member used to tie the first member to the second member, and has a 'C' or 'C' shape or a belt shape to wrap the second member, and has a bolt or It has a structure in which a fastening member such as a nut is coupled. In the present embodiment, the electric pole connecting portion 523 has a clamp structure, but is not limited to a specific structure and shape as long as the loose neck portion 510 can be fixed to the new pole 13.
승강부(530)는 가완목고정부(520)에 고정된 상태로 가완목부(510)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 승강부(530)는 전주설치부(531)와 승강구동부(533)를 포함한다.The lifting unit 530 moves the loose neck part 510 up and down in a fixed state to the loose neck fixing unit 520. 2 to 4, the lifting unit 530 according to the present embodiment includes an electric pole mounting unit 531 and a lifting driving unit 533.
전주설치부(531)는 가완목고정부(520)에 설치된 상태에서 수직연장부(513)를 포함한 가완목부(510)의 하중과 전선(30)의 하중을 지지할 수 있는 골조를 이룬다. 전주설치부(531)의 일측부에는 가완목고정부(520)상에 착탈가능하게 설치되는 제1체결부(531a)가 형성된다. 가완목고정부(520)에는 제1체결부(531a)와 암수 결합되는 제2체결부(522)가 형성된다. 제1체결부(531a)와 제2체결부(522)를 암수 결합시키는 것에 의해 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)상에 설치할 수 있다. 또한, 제1체결부(531a)와 제2체결부(522)의 암수 결합을 해제시키는 것에 의해 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)로부터 분리시킬 수 있다.The electric pole mounting portion 531 forms a frame capable of supporting the load of the loose neck portion 510 including the vertical extension portion 513 and the load of the wire 30 in the state installed in the loose neck fixing portion 520. One side portion of the pole mounting portion 531 is formed with a first fastening portion 531a which is detachably installed on the fixed neck fixing portion 520. A temporary fastening part 520 is formed with a second fastening part 522 that is male and female and a first fastening part 531a. By elevating the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522, the elevating part 530 can be installed on the loose neck fixing part 520. In addition, the lifting part 530 may be separated from the fixed neck fixing part 520 by releasing the male and female coupling between the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522.
전주설치부(531)의 타측부에는 수직연장부(513)가 상하로 이동가능하게 설치된다. 수직연장부(513)는 전주설치부(531)를 상하로 관통하여 설치된 상태로 승강구동부(533)의 작동에 연동하여 상하로 이동된다. 수직연장부(513)와 접하는 전주설치부(531)상에는 전주설치부(531)와의 마찰 접촉으로 인해 수직연장부(513) 이동이 저해되는 것을 방지할 수 있도록 복수개의 롤러부재(532)가 상하로 배열된 구조를 가진다. 수직연장부(513)의 상향 또는 하향 이동 시, 롤러부재(532)는 수직연장부(513)와 접촉된 상태로 수직연장부(513)의 이동에 연동하여 일측 또는 타측으로 회전된다.On the other side of the pole mounting portion 531, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed to be moved up and down. The vertical extension part 513 moves up and down in association with the operation of the elevating drive part 533 in the state installed through the electric pole mounting part 531 up and down. On the pole mounting portion 531 which is in contact with the vertical extension portion 513, the plurality of roller members 532 are vertically positioned so as to prevent the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 due to frictional contact with the pole extension installation portion 531. It has a structure arranged as. When the vertical extension portion 513 moves up or down, the roller member 532 is rotated to one side or the other side in association with the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 in contact with the vertical extension portion 513.
승강구동부(533)는 전주설치부(531)에 설치되며, 제1액츄에이터(41)에서 동력을 전달받아 가완목부(510)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 여기서, 제1액츄에이터(41)로는 배전설비를 교체하기 위한 작업 시 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구, 또는 모터 등의 구동장치를 적용할 수 있다. 본 실시예에 따른 승강구동부(533)는 승강동력전달부(534), 승강축통부(537), 승강벨트부(538)을 포함한다.The elevating driving part 533 is installed in the electric pole mounting part 531 and receives the power from the first actuator 41 to move the movable neck part 510 up and down. Here, the first actuator 41 may be applied to a power drill such as a power drill, a power driver, or a drive device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment. The lifting driving unit 533 according to the present embodiment includes a lifting power transmission unit 534, a lifting shaft cylindrical part 537, and a lifting belt part 538.
승강동력전달부(534)는 제1액츄에이터(41)에 의해 회전 구동된다. 본 실시예에서 승강동력전달부(534)는 승강웜(535)과 승강웜휠(536)을 포함한다.The lifting power transmission unit 534 is rotationally driven by the first actuator 41. In this embodiment, the lifting power transmission unit 534 includes a lifting worm 535 and a lifting worm wheel 536.
승강웜(535)의 단부에는 제1액츄에이터(41)와 맞물리는 승강동력유입부(535a)가 형성되어, 제1액츄에이터(41)로부터 회전력을 전달받는다. 승강웜휠(536)은 승강웜(535)과 치합되고, 승강축통부(537)와 동축상에 설치되며, 승강웜(535)에 연동하여 회전된다. 제1액츄에이터(41)로 전동공구를 적용 시, 승강웜(535)이 제1액츄에이터(41)의 회전에 연동하여 회전되며, 승강웜휠(536)은 승강웜(535)의 회전에 연동하여 감속 회전됨과 동시에 회전력이 증가된다.An elevating power inlet 535a engaged with the first actuator 41 is formed at an end of the elevating worm 535 to receive the rotational force from the first actuator 41. The lifting worm wheel 536 meshes with the lifting worm 535, is installed coaxially with the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, and rotates in conjunction with the lifting worm 535. When the power tool is applied to the first actuator 41, the lifting worm 535 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the first actuator 41, and the lifting worm wheel 536 decelerates in conjunction with the rotation of the lifting worm 535. As it rotates, the torque increases.
상기와 같이 승강웜(535)과 승강웜휠(536)을 구비한 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 승강웜(535)측에서 승강웜휠(536)측으로만 회전 동력을 전달가능하고, 승강웜휠(536)측에서 승강웜(535)측으로는 회전 동력이 전달되지 못한다. 즉, 승강웜휠(536)에 회전력을 가하는 것에 의해서는 승강웜(535)의 회전이 이루어지지 못하고, 승강웜휠(536)의 회전 또한 이루어지지 못한다.According to the worm gear structure including the elevating worm 535 and the elevating worm wheel 536 as described above, it is possible to transmit the rotational power from the elevating worm 535 side to the elevating worm wheel 536 side, and the elevating worm wheel 536 side. The rotating power is not transmitted to the lifting worm 535 side. That is, by applying a rotational force to the lifting worm wheel 536, the lifting worm 535 is not rotated, and the lifting worm wheel 536 is also not rotated.
승강웜휠(536)은 승강축통부(537) 및 승강벨트부(538)에 의해 가완목부(510)와 연결되는데, 상기와 같은 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 가완목부(510)와 전선(30) 등의 자중으로 인해 가완목부(510)가 하향 이동되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The elevating worm wheel 536 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by the elevating shaft portion 537 and the elevating belt portion 538. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the loose neck portion 510 and the electric wire 30, etc. It is possible to prevent the movable neck portion 510 is moved downward due to its own weight.
승강축통부(537)는 승강동력전달부(534)에 의해 일측 또는 타측으로 회전되면서 승강벨트부(538)를 감거나 풀어낸다. 승강축통부(537)는 승강벨트부(538)를 권취가능한 원주형상의 외면부를 구비하여 승강웜휠(536)과 동축상에 연결된다.The elevating shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to one side or the other side by the elevating power transmission unit 534 to wind or unwind the elevating belt portion 538. The lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the lifting belt portion 538 and is connected coaxially with the lifting worm wheel 536.
승강벨트부(538)는 승강축통부(537)에 권취되며, 단부가 전선지지부(540)와 연결된다. 여기서, 승강벨트부(538)로는 납작한 직사각형 또는 선형의 단면 형상을 가지는 일반적인 벨트, 또는 와이어, 로프 등의 선형부재를 적용할 수 있다. 승강벨트부(538)의 단부는 걸고리, 끼움쇠(fitting), 클립, 암수 체결부재등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 가완목부(510)와 연결된다.The lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, the end is connected to the wire support portion 540. Here, as the elevating belt portion 538, a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope may be applied. The end of the elevating belt portion 538 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, and a male and female coupling member.
제1액츄에이터(41)의 단부를 승강동력유입부(535a)에 맞물린 상태로 제1액츄에이터(41)를 일측으로 회전 구동시키면, 회전력이 승강동력전달부(534)를 통해 승강축통부(537)로 전달되어 승강축통부(537)가 일측으로 회전되며 승강벨트부(538)가 승강축통부(537)에 감김과 동시에 승강벨트부(538)의 단부와 연결된 가완목부(510)가 상측으로 당겨 올려진다. 또한, 제1액츄에이터(41)를 타측으로 회전 구동시키면, 승강축통부(537)가 타측으로 회전되며 승강벨트부(538)가 풀어짐과 동시에 가완목부(510)가 하측으로 내려간다.When the first actuator 41 is rotated to one side while the end of the first actuator 41 is engaged with the lifting power inflow portion 535a, the rotation force is the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 through the lifting power transmission portion 534. It is transmitted to the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 is rotated to one side, and the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 and at the same time the loose neck portion 510 connected to the end of the lifting belt portion 538 is pulled upwards. Raised In addition, when the first actuator 41 is driven to rotate to the other side, the lifting shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to the other side, while the lifting belt portion 538 is released and the loose neck portion 510 is lowered.
가완목부(510)의 하부에 가완목부(510)의 하향 이동을 구속하는 안전스토퍼부(539)를 추가로 형성할 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 안전스토퍼부(539)는 일정한 길이를 가지는 벨트 또는 띠 형상을 가지고, 그 단부가 가완목부(510)와 연결되는 구조를 가진다. 안전스토퍼부(539) 또한 승강벨트부(538)와 마찬가지로 걸고리, 끼움쇠(fitting), 클립, 암수 체결부재 등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 가완목부(510)에 착탈가능하게 연결된다.A safety stopper 539 may be further formed below the loose neck 510 to restrain the downward movement of the loose neck 510. In the present embodiment, the safety stopper portion 539 has a belt or belt shape having a predetermined length and has an end portion connected to the loose neck portion 510. The safety stopper portion 539 is also detachably connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, a male and female coupling member, and the like as the lifting belt portion 538.
도 1 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치는, 가완목부(510)가 승강부(530)를 매개로 하여 가완목고정부(520)와 연결된 구조를 가진다. 즉, 가완목고정부(520)가 승강부(530)와 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 고정되는 구조를 가진다.1 to 4, the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution facilities according to the present embodiment has a structure in which a loose neck part 510 is connected to a loose neck fixing part 520 through a lift part 530. That is, the wooden neck fixing section 520 has a structure that is fixed to the new pole 13 by the lifting unit 530 and the wooden neck fixing section 520.
그러나, 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에서 승강부(530)는 가완목부(510)를 승강시킬 수만 있다면, 가완목부(510)와 가완목고정부(520)의 사이에 설치되는 것으로 한정되지 않는다. 즉, 가완목부(510)는 승강부(530)를 매개로 하지 않고 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 직접 결속될 수도 있으며, 승강부(530)는 가완목부(510)와 가완목고정부(520)의 사이가 아닌, 다른 위치에서 신설전주(13)에 설치된 상태로 가완목부(510)를 승강시킬 수도 있다.However, the lifting unit 530 in the power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device according to the present invention is not limited to being installed between the loose neck portion 510 and the loose neck fixing portion 520, as long as it can elevate the loose neck portion 510. Do not. That is, the loose neck portion 510 may be directly bound to the new pole 13 by the loose neck fixing part 520 without the lifting portion 530 as a medium, and the lifting portion 530 is connected to the loose neck portion 510. It is also possible to raise and lower the wooden part 510 in a state installed in the new pole 13 in another position, not between the wooden neck fixing unit 520.
도 5는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선지지부 및 승강이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이고, 도 6은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 승강이동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 7은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선구속부에 전선을 끼우는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 8은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 전선지지부, 승강이동부 및 슬라이드이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이다.5 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movable part according to the first embodiment of the present invention, Figure 6 is a conceptual diagram showing to explain the operation of the lifting moving unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention, Figure 7 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint part according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 8 schematically shows a wire support part, a lifting moving part, and a slide moving part according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view shown.
전선지지부(540)는 가완목부(510)에 설치된 상태로 신설전주(13)에 연결된 전선(30)을 이선받아 지지하는 부분이다. 도 5를 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 전선지지부(540)는 연장부(541)와 전선구속부(545)를 포함한다.The wire support part 540 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the new pole 13 in the state installed in the wooden member 510. Referring to FIG. 5, the wire support part 540 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes an extension part 541 and a wire restraint part 545.
연장부(541)는 상하로 연장된 형상을 가지고 수평연장부(511)에 설치되며, 승강이동부(550)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 연장부(541)는 메인연장부(542), 서브연장부(543), 고정부(544)를 포함한다.The extension part 541 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 with the shape extended up and down, and is moved up and down by the elevation moving part 550. The extension part 541 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 542, a sub extension part 543, and a fixing part 544.
메인연장부(542)는 승강이동부(550)와 연결되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 구동되는 승강이동부(550)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 서브연장부(543)는 절연재질을 포함하여 이루어지며, 원통 형상의 메인연장부(542)의 내부에 하부가 삽입된 상태로 설치되고, 메인연장부(542)의 상부로 이동된다. 즉, 서브연장부(543)는 메인연장부(542)의 상부로 출몰가능하게 설치된다.The main extension part 542 is connected to the lifting moving part 550 and is moved up and down by the lifting moving part 550 driven by the power transmitted from the second actuator 42. The sub extension part 543 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state in which a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 542, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 542. That is, the sub extension part 543 is installed to be protruding to the upper part of the main extension part 542.
고정부(544)는 상향 이동된 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)상에 고정시킨다. 고정부(544)로는 회전식 고정구, 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)를 관통하는 관통구 등을 적용할 수 있다.The fixing part 544 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 543 on the main extension part 542. As the fixing part 544, a rotary fixing device, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 543, and the main extension part 542 may be used.
고정부(544)로서 회전식 고정구를 적용 시, 고정부(544)를 일측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)에 고정시키고, 타측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)의 결속을 해제할 수 있다. 고정부(544)를 구비하면, 서브연장부(543)를 원하는 높이로 이동시키고, 고정부(544)를 이용해 서브연장부(543)를 위치 고정시키는 과정을 통해 연장부(541)의 길이를 수동으로 조절할 수 있다.When the rotary fastener is applied as the fixing part 544, the sub extension part 543 is fixed to the main extension part 542 by the rotation operation of turning the fixing part 544 to one side, and the sub operation is performed by the rotation operation turning to the other side. The binding of the extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 can be released. When the fixing unit 544 is provided, the length of the extension unit 541 is moved by moving the sub extension unit 543 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension unit 543 using the fixing unit 544. You can adjust it manually.
또한, 별도의 고정부(544)를 구비하지 않고, 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)간의 연결부에 각각 암체결부와 수체결부를 형성하는 구조에 의해, 서브연장부(543)를 일측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)상에 상하로 이동불가능하게 고정시키고, 서브연장부(543)를 타측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)에 고정시킨 상태를 해제할 수도 있다.In addition, the sub extension part 543 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 without providing a separate fixing part 544. By rotating to one side, the sub extension part 543 is immovably fixed on the main extension part 542 up and down, and the sub extension part 543 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 543 to the main extension part 542. You can also release the state fixed at).
전선구속부(545)는 전선(30)이 걸리는 부분으로, 서브연장부(543)의 상부에 형성된다. 전선구속부(545)는 전선(30)이 전선지지부(540)에서 임의로 이탈되지 않게 구속한다. 도 7을 참조하면, 본 실시예에서 전선구속부(545)는 브라켓부(546)와 잠금부(548)를 포함한다.The wire restraint part 545 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 543. The wire restraint part 545 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the wire support part 540. Referring to FIG. 7, in the present embodiment, the wire restraint part 545 includes a bracket part 546 and a locking part 548.
브라켓부(546)는 연장부(541)와 연결되며, 전선(30)이 통과가능한 개방부(546a)가 형성된다. 잠금부(548)는 브라켓부(546)와 연결되며, 개방부(546a)를 개폐시킨다. 본 발명의 실시예에서 개방부(546a)는 브라켓부(546)의 상부에 형성되고, 잠금부(548)는 브라켓부(546)의 일단부에 회동가능하게 연결된다.The bracket part 546 is connected to the extension part 541, and an opening part 546a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed. The locking part 548 is connected to the bracket part 546 and opens and closes the opening part 546a. In the embodiment of the present invention, the opening portion 546a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 546, and the locking portion 548 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 546.
잠금부(548)를 일측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(548)가 브라켓부(546)의 타단부에 걸리면서 개방부(546a)를 폐쇄한다(도 5 참조). 잠금부(548)를 타측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(548)가 브라켓부(546)의 타단부로부터 이격되면서 개방부(546a)를 개방시킨다(도 7 참조). 상기와 같이 잠금부(548)를 조작하는 것에 의해 개방부(546a)를 개폐시키면서 전선구속부(545)에 전선(30)을 끼워 구속하거나, 전선구속부(545)로부터 전선(30)을 분리할 수 있다.In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to one side, the locking portion 548 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 546 while closing the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 5). In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to the other side, the locking portion 548 is spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 546 to open the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 7). By operating the locking part 548 as described above, while opening and closing the opening part 546a, the electric wire 30 is fitted into the electric wire restraint 545 or the electric wire 30 is separated from the electric wire restraint 545. can do.
브라켓부(546)상에는 하부롤러(547)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치되고, 잠금부(548)상에는 상부롤러(549)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치된다. 이에 따라, 전선(30)을 브라켓부(546)의 내부에 끼우고 잠금부(548)를 채운 상태에서, 전선(30)의 외면부는 하부롤러(547), 상부롤러(549)와 접하게 된다. 즉, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(545)에 끼워진 상태에서, 전선(30)은 전선구속부(545)와 구름접촉된 상태가 된다.On the bracket portion 546, the lower roller 547 is rotatably installed in the correct position, and the upper roller 549 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 548. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 546 and the locking portion 548 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 547 and the upper roller 549. That is, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted in the electric wire restraint part 545, the electric wire 30 will be in the cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 545. FIG.
이에 따라, 배전 설비를 교체하는 과정에서 전선구속부(545)와 전선(30)간의 상대 변위 발생 시, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(545)로 인해 손상되는 것을 방지할 수 있고, 전선구속부(545)와 전선(30)이 상호 결속된 상태를 안정되게 유지하면서도 전선구속부(545) 또는 전선(30)의 이동이 원활하게 이루어질 수 있다.Accordingly, when a relative displacement between the wire restraint 545 and the wire 30 occurs in the process of replacing the power distribution equipment, the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 545, and the wire restraint may be prevented. The wire binding unit 545 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the unit 545 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540) 각각을 독립적으로 승강시킬 수 있도록 구비된다. 이에 따라, 승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540)의 개수에 비례하여 그 설치 개수가 결정된다. The elevating moving part 550 moves the wire support part 540 up and down. Lifting moving unit 550 is provided so as to independently lift each of the wire support 540. Accordingly, the number of installation of the lifting moving part 550 is determined in proportion to the number of the wire supporting parts 540.
본 실시예에서 전선지지부(540)와 승강이동부(550)는 3개가 설치되며, 이 중 신설전주(13)에 가장 근접하게 설치되는 전선지지부(540)와 승강이동부(550)를 제1전선지지부와 제1승강이동부라 칭하고, 중앙에 설치되는 전선지지부(540)와 승강이동부(550)를 제2전선지지부와 제2승강이동부라 칭하며, 신설전주(13)에서 가장 이격되게 설치되는 전선지지부(540)와 승강이동부(550)를 제3전선지지부와 제3승강이동부라 칭한다. 제1전선지지부, 제2전선지지부, 제3전선지지부 그리고 제1승강이동부, 제2승강이동부, 제3승강이동부 각각은 구성 및 작동원리 등이 모두 동일하나, 제1전선지지부와 제1승강이동부, 그리고 제2전선지지부와 제2승강이동부는 수평연장부(511)에 설치되는데 비해, 제3전선지지부와 제3승강이동부는 수평연장부(511)상에 수평 방향(또는 좌우 방향)으로 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 설치되는 슬라이드이동부(560)에 설치된다는 점에서 차이가 있다.In the present embodiment, the wire support 540 and the elevating moving part 550 are installed three, of which the wire support 540 and the elevating moving part 550 which is installed closest to the new pole 13, the first wire supporting part And the first elevating moving part, and the wire supporting part 540 and the elevating moving part 550 installed at the center are called the second electric wire supporting part and the second elevating moving part, and the electric wire supporting part installed at the most distance from the new electric pole 13 ( 540 and the lifting moving part 550 are referred to as the third wire support part and the third lifting moving part. The first wire support, the second wire support, the third wire support and the first lift, the second lift, and the third lift are the same in structure and operation, but the first cable support and the first lift are same. In addition, the second wire support part and the second moving part are installed in the horizontal extension part 511, whereas the third wire support part and the third moving part move in the horizontal direction (or left and right direction) on the horizontal extension part 511. There is a difference in that it is installed in the slide moving unit 560 to be movable.
도 6을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 승강이동부(550)는 가완목설치부(551)와 구동부(553)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 6, the elevation moving unit 550 according to the present embodiment includes a loose neck installing unit 551 and a driving unit 553.
가완목설치부(551)는, 승강이동부(550)를 수평연장부(511)상에 고정시킬 수 있다면, 가완목고정부(520)에 적용되는 클램프 구조, 또는 가완목고정부(520)와 상이한 구조를 포함하여 특정한 구조와 형상으로 한정되지 않는다.If the movable neck mounting portion 551 can be fixed to the elevating moving part 550 on the horizontal extension portion 511, the clamp structure applied to the loose wood fixing portion 520, or a structure different from the loose wood fixing portion 520 It is not limited to a specific structure and shape, including.
구동부(553)는 가완목설치부(551)에 설치되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 전선지지부(540)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 여기서, 제2액츄에이터(42)로는 제1액츄에이터(41)와 마찬가지로, 배전설비를 교체하기 위한 작업 시 일반적으로 사용되는 전동 드라이버 등의 전동공구, 또는 모터 등의 구동장치를 적용할 수 있다. 본 실시예에 따른 구동부(553)는 동력전달부(554), 축통부(557), 벨트부(558)를 포함한다.The driving unit 553 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 551 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the wire support unit 540 up and down. Here, as the second actuator 42, a power tool such as an electric driver, or a drive device such as a motor, which is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment, may be used as the first actuator 41. The driving unit 553 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission unit 554, a shaft portion 557, a belt portion 558.
동력전달부(554)는 제2액츄에이터(42)에 의해 회전 구동된다. 본 실시예에서 동력전달부(554)는 웜(555)과 웜휠(556)을 포함한다.The power transmission unit 554 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42. In the present embodiment, the power transmission unit 554 includes a worm 555 and a worm wheel 556.
웜(555)의 단부에는 제2액츄에이터(42)와 맞물리는 동력유입부(555a)가 형성되어, 제2액츄에이터(42)로부터 회전력을 전달받는다. 웜휠(556)은 웜(555)과 치합되고, 축통부(557)와 동축상에 설치되며, 웜(555)에 연동하여 회전된다. 제2액츄에이터(42)로 전동공구를 적용 시, 웜(555)이 제2액츄에이터(42)의 회전에 연동하여 회전되며, 웜휠(556)은 웜(555)의 회전에 연동하여 감속 회전됨과 동시에 회전력이 증가된다.At the end of the worm 555, a power inlet 555a engaging with the second actuator 42 is formed to receive the rotational force from the second actuator 42. The worm wheel 556 meshes with the worm 555, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 557, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 555. When the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 555 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 556 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 555. Rotational force is increased.
상기와 같이 웜(555)과 웜휠(556)을 구비한 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 웜(555)측에서 웜휠(556)측으로만 회전 동력을 전달가능하고, 웜휠(556)측에서 웜(555)측으로는 회전 동력이 전달되지 못한다. 즉, 웜휠(556)에 회전력을 가하는 것에 의해서는 웜(555)의 회전이 이루어지지 못하고, 웜휠(556)의 회전 또한 이루어지지 못한다.According to the worm gear structure including the worm 555 and the worm wheel 556 as described above, the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 555 side to the worm wheel 556 side, and the worm wheel 556 from the worm wheel 556 side to the worm 555 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 556, the rotation of the worm 555 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 556 is also not made.
웜휠(556)은 축통부(557) 및 벨트부(558)에 의해 전선지지부(540)와 연결되는데, 상기와 같은 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 전선(30) 등의 하중으로 인해 전선지지부(540)가 하향 이동되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The worm wheel 556 is connected to the wire support part 540 by the shaft part 557 and the belt part 558. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the wire support part 540 is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. The downward movement can be prevented.
축통부(557)는 동력전달부(554)에 의해 일측 또는 타측으로 회전되면서 벨트부(558)를 감거나 풀어낸다. 축통부(557)는 벨트부(558)를 권취가능한 원주형상의 외면부를 구비하여 웜휠(556)과 동축상에 연결된다. The shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 554 to wind or unwind the belt portion 558. The shaft portion 557 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 558 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 556.
벨트부(558)는 축통부(557)에 권취되며, 단부가 전선지지부(540)와 연결된다. 여기서, 벨트부(558)로는 납작한 직사각형 또는 선형의 단면 형상을 가지는 일반적인 벨트, 또는 와이어, 로프 등의 선형부재를 적용할 수 있다. 벨트부(558)의 단부는 걸고리 등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 연장부(541)와 연결된다.The belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557, and an end thereof is connected to the wire support portion 540. Here, the belt 558 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope. The end portion of the belt portion 558 is connected to the extension portion 541 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
제2액츄에이터(42)의 단부를 동력유입부(555a)에 맞물린 상태로 제2액츄에이터(42)를 일측으로 회전 구동시키면, 회전력이 동력전달부(554)를 통해 축통부(557)로 전달되어 축통부(557)가 일측으로 회전되며 벨트부(558)가 축통부(557)에 감김과 동시에 벨트부(558)의 단부와 연결된 전선지지부(540)가 상측으로 당겨 올려진다. 또한, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 타측으로 회전 구동시키면, 축통부(557)가 타측으로 회전되며 벨트부(558)가 풀어짐과 동시에 전선지지부(540)가 하측으로 내려간다.When the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to one side while the end of the second actuator 42 is engaged with the power inlet 555a, the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 557 through the power transmission unit 554. The shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557 and the wire support portion 540 connected to the end of the belt portion 558 is pulled upward. In addition, when the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to the other side, the shaft portion 557 is rotated to the other side and the belt support 540 is released while the belt support 540 is lowered.
본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 의하면, 상기와 같이 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해, 가완목부(510)의 높이 또는 전선지지부(540) 각각의 높이, 전선지지부(540)에 걸린 전선(30)의 높이를 자동으로 조절할 수 있다.According to the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment according to the present invention, as described above, by using the electric power of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of each of the wire support portion 540 , The height of the wire 30 caught in the wire support 540 can be automatically adjusted.
보다 구체적으로는, 제1액츄에이터(41)를 이용해 가완목부(510)와, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 1차로 이동시킬 수 있으며, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 2차로 이동시킬 수 있다. 또한, 서브연장부(543)의 높이를 3차로 조정하는 것에 의해, 서브연장부(543)의 상부에 연결된 전선구속부(545)의 높이를 미세 조정하거나, 전선지지부(540)의 전체 길이를 신축 조정할 수 있다.More specifically, the first actuator 41 may be used to move the loose neck part 510 and the wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 to be closer to or separated from the wire 30. By using the second actuator 42, the wire support part 540 may be secondarily moved closer to or spaced from the wire 30. In addition, by adjusting the height of the sub extension part 543 in 3rd order, the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 is finely adjusted, or the overall length of the wire support part 540 is adjusted. You can adjust the stretch.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)로서 배전설비의 교체에 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구를 적용할 수 있어, 전선지지부(540)를 이동시키기 위한 별도의 전동장치를 구비할 필요 없이 작업자가 용이하게 작업을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, as the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or the like, which is generally used for replacing the power distribution equipment, can be applied. The operator can easily perform the work without having to provide a separate transmission for moving the.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 전선(30)의 무게를 지지하는 전선지지부(540)를 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해 상하로 이동시킬 수 있어, 도르래 등을 이용하여 인력에 의해 전선(30)을 상하로 이동시키는 번거로움 없이, 활선작업을 보다 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like. Thus, without the hassle of moving the wire 30 up and down by the manpower, it is possible to perform the live work more smoothly.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530), 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 승강이동부(550)를 이용해 전선지지부(540) 또는 전선(30)을 일정한 속도로 이동시키면서 목적한 높이에 정확하게 위치시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, using the first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530, the second actuator 42 and the lifting movement unit 550 while moving the wire support 540 or the wire 30 at a constant speed It can be positioned exactly at the desired height.
도 8을 참조하면, 슬라이드이동부(560)는 수평연장부(511)를 둘러싸는 슬라이드가이드부(563), 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 상방에 배치되고 가완목설치부(551)가 설치되는 슬라이드연장부(561), 슬라이드가이드부(563)와 슬라이드연장부(561)를 서로 연결하여 일체화시키는 슬라이드연결부(562), 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 슬라이드 이동을 구속하는 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 8, the slide moving part 560 is disposed above the slide guide part 563 and the slide guide part 563 surrounding the horizontal extension part 511, and the slide neck installation part 551 is installed. An extension portion 561, a slide connecting portion 563 and a slide connecting portion 562 for connecting and integrating the slide extension portion 561 to each other, and a slide position fixing portion 564 for restraining the slide movement of the slide guide portion 563. It includes.
슬라이드가이드부(563)는 슬라이드이동부(560)가 수평연장부(511)를 따라 수평 방향으로 슬라이드 이동 가능하도록 ㄷ자, U자, ㅁ자 등 다양한 형상으로 수평연장부(511)의 외면을 둘러싸며(도 11 참조), 수평연장부(511)와의 접촉시 마찰력이 저감되도록 수평연장부(511)와 맞닿는 부분에 회전롤러(563a)가 구비될 수 있다. 수평연장부(511)의 단부에는 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 이동을 제한하는 슬라이드스톱퍼(511a)가 구비되므로 슬라이드가이드부(563)는 수평연장부(511)상에서 이탈되지 않게 된다. The slide guide part 563 surrounds the outer surface of the horizontal extension part 511 in various shapes such as U, U, and K so that the slide moving part 560 can slide in the horizontal direction along the horizontal extension 511 ( Referring to FIG. 11), a rotary roller 563a may be provided at a portion that contacts the horizontal extension part 511 so as to reduce friction when contacting the horizontal extension part 511. Since the slide stopper 511a for limiting the movement of the slide guide portion 563 is provided at the end of the horizontal extension portion 511, the slide guide portion 563 is not separated from the horizontal extension portion 511.
슬라이드연장부(561)는 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 슬라이드 이동시에 수평연장부(511)와 접촉되지 않도록 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 상방에 배치된다. 이와 같이 슬라이드가이드부(563)와 이격되게 배치되는 슬라이드연장부(561)는 슬라이드연결부(562)에 의해 서로 연결되면서, 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 이동시 연동되어 이동된다. 본 실시예에서는 슬라이드연결부(562)를 판재 형상으로 예시하였으나 이에 한정될 것은 아니므로, 슬라이드가이드부(563)와 슬라이드연장부(561)를 서로 연결할 수 있다면 다른 대체 형상도 가능하다.The slide extension part 561 is disposed above the slide guide part 563 so as not to contact the horizontal extension part 511 during the slide movement of the slide guide part 563. As such, the slide extension part 561 disposed to be spaced apart from the slide guide part 563 is connected to each other by the slide connecting part 562, and is interlocked and moved when the slide guide part 563 is moved. In the present exemplary embodiment, the slide connecting portion 562 is illustrated as a plate shape, but is not limited thereto. If the slide guide portion 563 and the slide extension portion 561 can be connected to each other, other alternative shapes are possible.
슬라이드연장부(561)에는 제3승강이동부(550)의 가완목설치부(551)가 설치된다. 이에 따라 제3승강이동부(550)와 제3전선지지부(540)는 슬라이드이동부(560)와 연결되고, 슬라이드이동부(560)가 수평연장부(511)을 따라 슬라이드 이동될 때 연동하여 같은 방향으로 이동된다. The slide extension part 561 is provided with a temporary neck installation part 551 of the third lifting member 550. Accordingly, the third lifting moving part 550 and the third wire support part 540 are connected to the slide moving part 560, and interlocked with each other when the slide moving part 560 slides along the horizontal extension part 511. Is moved.
슬라이드위치고정부(564)는 수평연장부(511)상에서 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 위치를 고정할 수 있다. 작업자는 슬라이드가이드부(563)를 수평연장부(511)상에서 원하는 만큼 이동시킨 뒤에 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 조작함으로써 슬라이드가이드부(563)가 수평연장부(511)상에서 더 이상 슬라이드 이동되지 않도록 할 수 있다. 일예로 슬라이드위치고정부(564)가 아이볼트로 이루어진 경우, 슬라이드위치고정부(564)는 회전 조작에 의해 슬라이드가이드부(563)를 관통하면서 전후진 이동가능하게 되므로, 슬라이드위치고정부(564)의 회전 방향에 따라 슬라이드위치고정부(564)와 수평연장부(511)와의 접촉면적 또는 접촉압을 증감시키거나 아예 접촉되지 않게 할 수 있다. 만약 슬라이드위치고정부(564)가 전진하는 방향으로 회전되면 슬라이드위치고정부(564)와 수평연장부(511)간의 마찰력이 증가되는 되므로, 슬라이드가이드부(563)는 수평연장부(511)상을 슬라이드 이동되지 않게 위치가 고정된다. 덧붙여 수평연장부(511)에 위치고정홀부(미도시)가 형성되어 있고, 슬라이드위치고정부(564)가 위치고정홀부에 삽입된다면, 슬라이드위치고정부(564)와 수평연장부(511)간의 결합력을 더욱 높일 수 있어, 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 슬라이드 이동을 더욱 구속시킬 수 있다. 또한 위치고정홀부가 수평연장부(511)상에 복수개가 일정한 간격으로 배열되어 있다면, 슬라이드위치고정부(564)가 복수개의 위치고정홀부에서 옮겨진 거리만큼 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 슬라이드 이동 거리를 가늠할 수 있게 되어 보다 정밀하게 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 이동 거리를 확인할 수 있다. 한편, 상술한 위치고정홀부는 위치고정홈부와 같이 다른 형상으로 변형되어 슬라이드위치고정부(564)와 결합될 수 있다. 이와 같이 슬라이드위치고정부(564)에 의해 슬라이드가이드부(563)의 위치가 고정됨에 따라, 슬라이드가이드부(563)와 연동되어 이동되는 제3승강이동부(550)와 제3전선지지부(540)의 위치도 고정된다. 이로써 전선(30)을 지지하는 제3전선지지부(540) 등이 의도치 않은 상태에서 이동되어 발생할 수 있는 감전사고 등의 안전사고를 미연에 방지할 수 있다. The slide position fixing portion 564 may fix the position of the slide guide portion 563 on the horizontal extension portion 511. The operator moves the slide guide portion 563 on the horizontal extension portion 511 as much as desired, and then operates the slide position fixing portion 564 so that the slide guide portion 563 no longer slides on the horizontal extension portion 511. You can do that. For example, when the slide position fixing portion 564 is made of an eye bolt, the slide position fixing portion 564 is movable forward and backward while penetrating the slide guide portion 563 by a rotation operation, and thus the slide position fixing portion 564. The contact area or contact pressure between the slide position fixing part 564 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be increased or decreased according to the rotational direction of the circumference. If the slide position fixing portion 564 is rotated in the advancing direction, the friction force between the slide position fixing portion 564 and the horizontal extension portion 511 is increased, so that the slide guide portion 563 is on the horizontal extension portion 511. The position is fixed so that the slide does not move. In addition, if the position fixing hole (not shown) is formed in the horizontal extension part 511, and the slide position fixing part 564 is inserted into the position fixing hole part, between the slide position fixing part 564 and the horizontal extension part 511, The coupling force can be further increased, which can further restrain the slide movement of the slide guide portion 563. In addition, if a plurality of position fixing holes are arranged on the horizontal extension portion 511 at regular intervals, the slide movement distance of the slide guide portion 563 is moved by the distance moved by the slide position fixing portion 564 from the plurality of position fixing holes. It is possible to determine the movement distance of the slide guide portion 563 more accurately. On the other hand, the above-described position fixing hole may be combined with the slide position fixing portion 564 is deformed in a different shape, such as the position fixing groove. As the position of the slide guide portion 563 is fixed by the slide position fixing portion 564 as described above, the third lifting movement portion 550 and the third wire support portion 540 moved in association with the slide guide portion 563. The position of is also fixed. As a result, safety accidents such as an electric shock accident that may occur due to movement of the third wire support part 540 supporting the wire 30 in an unintended state may be prevented in advance.
다음으로, 상기와 같은 구성을 가지는 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용해 전주를 신설하는 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 대해 설명하기로 한다. 신설된 전주에는 편장주가 설치되며, 편장주란 복수개의 애자 전부가 신설전주(13)의 일측에 편중되게 설치되는 장주 구조이다. 이와 대비되는 보통장주는 애자가 신설전주(13)를 기준으로 하여 일측과 타측으로 분산되어 설치되는 장주 구조이다. 작업자는 신설전주(13)를 기준으로 하여 일측에 편중되게 설치된 LP애자(25)간의 이격 공간상에 위치한 상태로 활선작업을 수행할 수 있다.Next, a description will be given of the distribution facility live work method according to the present invention to establish a pole by using the auxiliary equipment for power distribution work live work according to the present invention having the configuration as described above. The newly constructed Jeonju is provided with a dressing pole, and the dressing pole is a long pole structure in which all of the plurality of insulators are installed on one side of the new pole (13). In contrast, the normal long pole is a long pole structure in which the insulator is distributed to one side and the other side based on the newly formed pole (13). The worker may perform the live work in the state located on the spaced apart space between the LP insulator 25 installed on one side based on the new pole (13).
도 9는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법을 설명하고자 도시한 순서도이다.FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating a method of live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 9를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법은 기설전주(10)의 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 설치하는 단계(S1)와, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계(S2)와, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)와, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S4)와, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S6)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)와, 신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S8)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S10)와, 제3전선지지부(540)를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S11)와, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S12)와, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S13)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 9, in the power distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention, installing the new pole 13 on the line of the wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 (S1). ), And fixing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13 (S2), and moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 (S3). And, the step (S4) for transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support portion 540, and by moving the third wire support portion 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction (30) of the pin length column 23 Step (S5) to be located above the installation height, the step (S6) of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support portion 540, and the first / second wire support portion 540 upward Moving the electric wire 30 to the upper side of the pin length column 23 (S7), and installing the pin length column 23 to the new pole 13 (S8); The second wire support portion 540 to the pin length column 23 side Moving the direction (S9), transferring the electric wire 30 from the first / second wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin holder 23 (S10), and the third wire support part ( 540 moving the electric pole direction and the downward direction to approach the pin length column 23 (S11), and the wire 30 is transferred to the LP insulator 25 of the pin length column 23 from the third wire support portion 540 Step S12, and the step (S13) of removing the loose neck portion 510 from the new pole (13).
도 10은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 11은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 12는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전선측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 13은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 14는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 15는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 16은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 17은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. A conceptual diagram illustrating a process of fixing a wooden neck to a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to the first embodiment, and FIG. 12 is a third wire in the live work installation method for a distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving a support part upward to a wire side, and FIG. 13 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring wires to a third wire support part in a live wiring work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 14 is an example of installation of the pin long pole by moving the third wire support portion in the upward direction and the spaced apart direction in the live wire distribution equipment live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention FIG. 15 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of positioning the upper side than the height, and FIG. 15 is a view illustrating a process of transferring the electric wire to the first / second electric wire support part in the live wire installation work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 16 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving the first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 17 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 핀장주측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 19는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 20은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주측으로 접근시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 21은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 22는 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에서 철거하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 23은 본 발명의 제1실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주가 설치된 상태를 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 18 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the live wiring installation work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 19 is a first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 20 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a first / second wire support part to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire work method according to an example, and FIG. 20 is a power distribution facility according to a first embodiment of the present invention. In the live work method is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching the third cable support portion in the circumferential direction and the pin head circumferential side, Figure 21 is a first wire of the power distribution facility according to the first embodiment of the present invention 3 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of transferring to the pin insulator LP insulator in the wire support unit, Figure 22 is a new wood pole in the new wooden pole in the distribution system live work method according to the first embodiment of the present invention FIG. 23 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a demolition process, and FIG. 23 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a state in which a new pole is installed in a power distribution facility live work method according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 10을 참조하면, 기설전주(10)의 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 설치하는 단계(S1)는, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 직립되게 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 10, the step S1 of installing the new pole 13 on the track of the electric wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 is formed between the pair of the existing poles 10. It is made through the process of installing the new pole 13 upright on the track of the electric wire (30).
도 11을 참조하면, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계(S2)는, 가완목고정부(520)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키고, 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)에 고정시키며, 승강부(530)와 가완목부(510)를 연결하고, 기설LP애자(22)에 위치에 대응되도록 가완목부(510)상에 승강이동부(550)와 전선지지부(540)를 고정시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 11, in the step S2 of fixing the loose neck part 510 to the new pole 13, the fixed neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new pole 13, and the lifting unit 530 is loosely fixed. Fixed to the government 520, connecting the lifting unit 530 and the loose neck portion 510, the lifting movable portion 550 and the wire support (on the loose neck portion 510) to correspond to the position of the existing LP insulator (22) 540 is made through a process of fixing.
한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)은 도 9에 도시된 바와 같이 아래로 처진 형상을 가지므로, 전선(30)은 신설전주(13)상에서 핀장주(23)가 설치될 위치보다 아래에 위치하게 된다. 가완목부(510)는 그 보다 아래에, 즉 전선(30) 보다 아래에 그 설치가 이루어진다. 즉, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 설치함에 있어서는 전선지지부(540)가 전선(30)의 아래에 위치되게 그 설치가 이루어진다.Since the wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10 has a drooping shape as shown in FIG. 9, the wire 30 is installed by the pin pole 23 on the new pole 13. It will be below the location to be. The loose neck portion 510 is installed below it, that is, below the wire 30. That is, in installing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13, the wire support portion 540 is installed so that it is located under the wire 30.
여기서, 가완목부(510)를 승강부(530)와 연결함에 있어서는, 먼저 수직연장부(513)를 승강부(530)에 설치하고, 수직연장부(513)의 상부에 수평연장부(511)를 연결한 후, 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 지지부(515)를 설치하는 순서로 이루어진다.Here, in connecting the loose neck portion 510 with the lifting portion 530, first, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed on the lifting portion 530, the horizontal extension portion 511 on the upper portion of the vertical extension portion 513. After the connection, it is made in the order of installing the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513.
수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 지지부(515)를 설치하는 것은, 링크부재(516)를 수평연장부(511)상에 설치한 후, 지지부(515)의 상부를 링크부재(516)에 회동가능하게 연결하고, 지지부(515)의 하부를 수직연장부(513)의 하부에 마련된 아이볼트 등의 체결부재상에 착탈가능하게 결합시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.The provision of the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513 is provided after the link member 516 is installed on the horizontal extension portion 511, and then the upper portion of the support portion 515 is removed. Rotatingly connected to the link member 516, the lower portion of the support portion 515 is made through a process of detachably coupled on a fastening member such as an eye bolt provided in the lower portion of the vertical extension portion 513.
승강이동부(550)와 전선지지부(540)를 가완목부(510)상에 고정시키는 것은, 승강이동부(550)를 먼저 가완목부(510)상에 고정시킨 후, 승강이동부(550)상에 전선지지부(540)를 결합시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 또한, 승강이동부(550)상에 전선지지부(540)를 결합시킨 후, 승강이동부(550)를 가완목부(510)상에 고정시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.Fixing the elevating moving part 550 and the wire support part 540 on the loose neck part 510, after fixing the elevating moving part 550 on the loose neck part 510, the wire supporting part on the elevating moving part 550 540 is made through the process of combining. In addition, after coupling the wire support 540 on the elevating mover 550, it may be made through a process of fixing the elevating mover 550 on the loose neck portion 510.
도 12를 참조하면, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 12, in the step S3 of moving the third wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the operator moves the sub extension part 543 by a manual operation. 30) is made through the process of moving upward.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only through the process of moving up the loose neck portion 510, or upward movement of the third wire support portion 540 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 550. It can also be done only through the process.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The upward movement of the loose neck portion 510, and the third wire support portion 540 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 550 to move upward. It may be made through a combination.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through the process of moving the armrest 510 upward by the step, and the process of moving the sub-extension (543) up to the electric wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. In step 550, the third wire support part 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 is moved upward, and the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward by the manual operation to the wire 30 side is performed in combination. It can also be done through.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S3) of moving the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 in accordance with the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. A process of moving the loose neck portion 510 upward by a second step, and a process of upwardly moving the third wire support part 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting movable portion 550. And, the operator may be made through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by a manual operation.
본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 또는 하향 이동시킨다는 것은, 메인연장부(542)를 이동시키는 것에 의해 메인연장부(542)와 서브연장부(543)를 포함하는 제3전선지지부(540) 전체를 이동시키거나, 제3전선지지부(540)의 상부에 형성된 서브연장부(543)만을 이동시키는 실시예를 포함하여, 제3전선지지부(540) 중 전선(30)과 연결되는 전선구속부(545)가 형성된 부분, 즉 제3전선지지부(540)의 상부의 높이를 상향 또는 하향 조정하는 것을 통합하여 의미한다.In the description of the present invention, moving the third wire support part 540 upward or downward means that the third wire including the main extension part 542 and the sub extension part 543 by moving the main extension part 542. Connecting to the wire 30 of the third wire support portion 540, including an embodiment that moves the entire support portion 540 or only the sub-extension portion 543 formed on the upper portion of the third wire support portion 540. The wire binding portion 545 is formed, that is, the upper and lower height of the upper portion of the third wire support portion 540 is integrated.
즉, 본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(540)를 이동시킨다는 것은, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 제3전선지지부(540) 전체를 이동시키는 실시예는 물론, 제3전선지지부(540) 중 서브연장부(543)만을 이동시키는 실시예, 제3전선지지부(540) 전체를 이동시키는 과정과 서브연장부(543)를 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거치는 실시예 모두를 포함한다.That is, in the description of the present invention, the movement of the third wire support 540 is, of course, an embodiment of moving the entire third wire support 540 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550. , An embodiment in which only the sub extension part 543 is moved among the third wire support part 540, an embodiment in which a process of moving the entire third wire support part 540 and a process of moving the sub extension part 543 are combined. Includes everything.
따라서, 본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(540)를 이동시킨다는 것은, 제3전선지지부(540) 전체를 이동시키는 것과, 서브연장부(543)를 이동시키는 것을 개별적으로 언급하지 않아도, 상기 세가지 실시예들 중 어느 하나를 적용하는 것을 의미한다.Therefore, in the description of the present invention, the movement of the third wire support part 540 refers to the movement of the entire third wire support part 540 and the movement of the sub extension part 543 separately. It means applying any one of the embodiments.
브라켓부(546)의 상부에 형성된 개방부(546a)를 개방시킨 상태로 가완목부(510) 또는 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)를 수행하면, 제3전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S3)가 완료된 시점에서 전선(30)은 개방부(546a)를 통해 브라켓부(546)의 내부로 유입된 상태가 된다.When the arm neck 510 or the third wire support 540 is moved upward toward the wire 30 in the state in which the opening 546a formed on the bracket 546 is opened, the step S3 is performed. When the step (S3) of moving the three wire support part 540 upward toward the wire 30 is completed, the wire 30 is introduced into the bracket part 546 through the opening part 546a.
도 13을 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S4)는, 개방부(546a)를 통해 전선(30)이 유입된 상태의 브라켓부(546)에 잠금부(548)를 채우는 조작, 즉 잠금부(548)로 개방부(546a)를 폐쇄하는 조작에 의해 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 13, the step S4 of transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support part 540 is locked to the bracket part 546 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening part 546a. The operation of filling the portion 548, that is, the operation of closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548.
제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5)는, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 작업 공간을 확보하는 과정이다.Moving the third wire support portion 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction (S5) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin length column 23, pin length column on the new pole 13 This is a process of securing a working space for installing (23).
도 14를 참조하면, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5)에서, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 14, in a step S5 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart directions, the wire 30 is positioned above a predetermined height of the pin long column 23, in a third wire. The operation of moving the support part 540 upwardly includes the process of moving the loose neck part 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530, and the second actuator 42 and the third lifting part 550. In this case, the third wire support part 540 is moved upward.
제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 제3전선지지부(540)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.The operation of moving the third wire support part 540 upwardly performs only a process of moving the movable neck part 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working condition or the convenience of the operator, or the second Only the process of moving the third wire support part 540 by the actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 is performed, or the operator moves the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation. It can be done only through the process.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 upward is to move the armrest 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience, The sub extension part 543 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, an operation of moving the third wire support 540 upwardly is performed by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through the process of moving the 540 upward, and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and the second The upward movement of the third wire support part 540 installed in the armrest neck part 510 by the actuator 42 and the 3rd moving part 550, and the operator carries out the sub extension part 543 by the electric wire 30 by manual operation. It may be made through a process of moving upward to the side).
한편, 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5)에서 전선(30)을 상향 이동시키는 거리는, 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이가 일정하다는 가정하에서, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)의 처진 정도, 즉 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계에서 가완목부(510)를 설치한 높이에 따라 달라진다. 특히, 서브연장부(543)는 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 예측함에 있어서 오차가 있거나, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리가 전선(30)의 상향 이동 거리보다 짧을 경우에 유용하게 사용할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 1m 로 예측하고, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리 또한 1m로 셋팅된 경우, 실제 전선(30)의 처짐 정도가 1.5m라도 작업자는 서브연장부(543)를 0.5m 더 상향 이동시키는 것에 의해 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계를 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.On the other hand, by moving the third wire support portion 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction to move the wire 30 upward in the step (S5) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column (23) The distance is a sag of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10, that is, the loosened wood part 510 on the new pole 13 on the assumption that the installation length of the pin length column 23 is constant. In the step of fixing depends on the height of the installation of the neck 510. In particular, the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added. It may be useful when the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance. For example, when the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5)에서, 제3전선지지부(540)를 신설전주(13)와 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키는 작동은 작업자가 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 조작하여 슬라이드가이드부(563)가 수평연장부(511)상에서 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 된 상태에서 슬라이드가이드부(563)를 신설전주(13)로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키는 것에 의해 이루어진다. 이때 제3전선지지부(540)는 가완목설치부(551)를 매개로 슬라이드이동부(560)와 연결되므로 슬라이드이동부(560)의 이동 거리만큼 제3전선지지부(540) 또한 신설전주(13)에서 이격되는 방향으로 이동된다. 제3전선지지부(540)가 원하는 지점에 다다르면 작업자는 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 조작하여 슬라이드가이드부(563)가 수평연장부(511) 상에서 임의로 이동되지 않도록 견고하게 고정시킨다.In the step S5 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the upward and pole spaced apart directions to place the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin head column 23, the third wire support part 540 is newly established. The operation of moving in the direction spaced apart from the electric pole (13) is operated by the operator operating the slide position fixing portion 564, the slide guide portion (563) in the state in which the slide can be moved on the horizontal extension portion 511 slide guide portion ( 563) to move in the direction away from the new pole (13). At this time, since the third wire support part 540 is connected to the slide moving part 560 via the loose neck installation part 551, the third wire support part 540 also moves from the new electric pole 13 by the moving distance of the slide moving part 560. It is moved in the direction of separation. When the third wire support part 540 reaches the desired point, the operator manipulates the slide position fixing part 564 to firmly fix the slide guide part 563 so as not to move arbitrarily on the horizontal extension part 511.
도 15를 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S6)는, 개방부(546a)를 통해 전선(30)이 유입된 상태의 브라켓부(546)에 잠금부(548)를 채우는 조작, 즉 잠금부(548)로 개방부(546a)를 폐쇄하는 조작에 의해 이루어진다. 한편, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)는 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S6) 이전에 가완목부(510)에 설치되면 작업 순서상 문제되지 않는다. 따라서 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 가완목부(510)에 설치하는 시점은 조정될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 15, the step S6 of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support 540 may include a bracket 546 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening 546a. ) By filling the locking portion 548, that is, by closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548. On the other hand, if the first / second wire support portion 540 is installed in the wooden neck 510 before the step (S6) of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support portion 540 is not a problem in the work order. Do not. Therefore, the timing of installing the first and second wire support parts 540 on the loose neck part 510 may be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 작업 공간을 확보하는 과정이다.The step S7 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward to position the wire 30 above the predetermined height of the pin-length column 23 is performed by the pin-length column 23 on the newly formed pole 13. It is a process to secure a working space for installing).
도 16을 참조하면, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 16, the step S7 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and positioning the wires 30 above the predetermined height of the pin head column 23 may include the first actuator 41. ) And the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the elevating portion 530 and the first / second wire support portion 540 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second elevating movement portions 550. It goes through a process of moving upward.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In step S7, the first and second wire support parts 540 are moved upward to position the wire 30 above the predetermined height of the pin holder 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only the movement of the armrest 510 by the 41 and the elevating part 530 is performed, or the first / second wire support by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550. Only the process of moving 540 may be performed, or a worker may be made only through a process of moving the sub-extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S7) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator 1, the actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 is moved upwardly by moving the armrest 510, and the operator manually moves the sub extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation It may be done.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S7) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator The second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 move the first and second wire support parts 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward, and the operator extends the sub extension part by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving the (543) up to the wire 30 side in combination.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S7) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator The movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530, and the movable neck portion 510 is installed by the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting movement portion 550. The first and second wire support parts 540 may be moved upward, and a worker may move the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
한편, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)에서 전선(30)을 상향 이동시키는 거리는, 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이가 일정하다는 가정하에서, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)의 처진 정도, 즉 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계에서 가완목부(510)를 설치한 높이에 따라 달라진다. 특히, 서브연장부(543)는 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 예측함에 있어서 오차가 있거나, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리가 전선(30)의 상향 이동 거리보다 짧을 경우에 유용하게 사용할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 1m 로 예측하고, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리 또한 1m로 셋팅된 경우, 실제 전선(30)의 처짐 정도가 1.5m라도 작업자는 서브연장부(543)를 0.5m 더 상향 이동시키는 것에 의해 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계를 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the distance for moving the wire 30 upward in the step S7 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and placing the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23 is: Under the assumption that the pinned column 23 has a predetermined projected height, the degree of sagging of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of the existing poles 10, that is, the fixed wood part 510 is fixed to the newly placed poles 13. Depending on the height of the installation of the armrests 510 in the step. In particular, the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added. It may be useful when the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance. For example, when the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S6)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S7)는, 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)과 상향 이동 작업(S7)이 모두 완료된 후에 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)과 상향 이동 작업(S7)이 진행될 수 있고, 반대로 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)과 상향 이동 작업(S7)이 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)과 상향 이동 작업(S7)이 진행될 수 있다. 또한 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 상향 이동 작업(S7)이 진행될 수도 있다. 이와 같이 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S6)과 상향 이동 작업(S7)은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 그 순서가 조정될 수 있다.Step S6 of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support 540 and moving the first / second wire support 540 upward to install the pin length column 23. Positioning the position above the predetermined height (S7), after the transfer operation (S6) and the upward movement (S7) for the first wire support portion 540 is completed, the transfer operation for the second wire support portion (540) ( S6) and the upward movement operation (S7) may proceed, on the contrary, after the relocation operation (S6) and the upward movement operation (S7) for the second wire support portion 540 is completed, the relocation operation for the first wire support portion (540). In operation S6 and the upward movement operation S7 may be performed. In addition, after the two wire operations S6 for the first wire support 540 and the second wire support 540 are completed, the upward movement work for the first wire support 540 and the second wire support 540 (S7). This may proceed. In this way, the order of the transfer operation (S6) and the upward movement (S7) for the first / second wire support portion 540 can be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
도 17을 참조하면, 신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S8)는, 전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S5, S7)를 통해 확보된 작업 공간을 활용해, 핀완철(24)과 복수개의 LP애자(25)를 포함하는 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 17, in the step S8 of installing the pin length column 23 in the newly formed pole 13, the wire support part 540 is moved upward so that the wire 30 is larger than the installation height of the pin length column 23. By utilizing the working space secured through the step (S5, S7) positioned on the upper side, it is made through the process of installing the pin pole column 23 including the pin Wan-cheol 24 and a plurality of LP insulators (25).
신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S8)는, 먼저 핀완철(24)을 신설전주(13)에 설치한 후, 복수개의 LP애자(25)를 핀완철(24)에 설치하는 과정을 거치거나, 복수개의 LP애자(25)가 설치된 상태의 핀완철(24)을 신설전주(13)에 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수 있다.In the step (S8) of installing the pin length column 23 in the new pole 13, first, the pinned iron 24 is installed in the new pole 13, and then the plurality of LP insulators 25 are pinned iron 24. Through the installation process, or a plurality of LP insulator 25 is installed through the process of installing the pinned iron 24 in the new pole (13).
도 18을 참조하면, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)를 이용해 가완목부(510)를 자동 및 원격으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 18, in the step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23, the first actuator 41 and the first actuator 41 may be spaced apart from the wire 30. Using the elevating unit 530 is made through the process of moving the armrests 510 automatically and remotely downward.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(43) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S9) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 downward toward the pin length column 23, the second actuator 43 and the first / second lifting and moving portion according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator Only through the process of moving the movable neck portion 510 upward by the 550, or by the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be achieved through a complex process of moving.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The movable neck portion 510 may be moved upward, and a worker may move through the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S9) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 includes the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting moving part according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 is moved upward by 550, and the operator moves the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation. It may be made through a combination.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step S9 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin head column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be made through a combination of the process of moving and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
도 19를 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S10)는, 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 밀착시킨 상태로 바인더하여 결속시킨 후, 전선(30)과 제1/제2전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 여기서 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 바인더한다는 것은, 피복된 와이어, 테이프, 클립 등의 바인더부재를 이용해 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 고정시키는 것을 의미한다.Referring to FIG. 19, in the step S10 of transferring the electric wire 30 from the first / second electric wire support 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin holder 23, the electric wire 30 is connected to the LP insulator ( After binding to the binder in a state of being in close contact with 25), the wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 are released. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
전선(30)과 제1/제2전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 것은, 잠금부(548)를 회동 조작하여 개방부(546a)를 개방시키고, 개방부(546a)를 통해 브라켓부(546)의 외부로 전선(30)을 빼내는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and through the opening part 546a, the bracket part ( The wire 30 is pulled out of the 546.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S9)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S10)는, 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)과 이선 작업(S10)이 모두 완료된 후에 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)과 이선 작업(S10)이 진행될 수 있고, 반대로 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)과 이선 작업(S10)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)과 이선 작업(S10)이 진행될 수 있다. 또한 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S10)이 진행될 수도 있다. 이와 같이 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S9)과 이선 작업(S10)은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 그 순서가 조정될 수 있다.Moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 (S9), and transferring the electric wire 30 from the first / second wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25; In step S10, after both the downward movement operation S9 and the relocation operation S10 for the first wire support unit 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S9 and the relocation operation for the second wire support unit 540 are completed. S10) may proceed, on the contrary, after both the downward movement work S9 and the second wire work S10 for the second wire support part 540 are completed, the downward movement work S9 and the second wire for the first wire support part 540 are completed. Work S10 may proceed. In addition, after all of the downward movement work S9 for the first wire support part 540 and the second wire support part 540 is completed, the wiring work for the first wire support part 540 and the second wire support part 540 (S10). This may proceed. As such, the downward movement operation S9 and the displacement operation S10 for the first / second wire support 540 may be adjusted according to working conditions or convenience of an operator.
도 20을 참조하면, 제3전선지지부(540)를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S11)에서, 제3전선지지부(540)를 신설전주(13) 방향으로 이동시키는 작동은 작업자가 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 조작하여 슬라이드가이드부(563)가 수평연장부(511)상에서 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 된 상태에서 슬라이드가이드부(563)를 신설전주(13) 방향으로 이동시키는 것에 의해 이루어진다. 이때 제3전선지지부(540)는 가완목설치부(551)를 매개로 슬라이드이동부(560)와 연결되므로 슬라이드이동부(560)의 이동 거리만큼 제3전선지지부(540) 또한 신설전주(13) 방향으로 이동된다. 제3전선지지부(540)가 원하는 지점에 다다르면 작업자는 슬라이드위치고정부(564)를 조작하여 슬라이드가이드부(563)가 수평연장부(511) 상에서 임의로 이동되지 않도록 견고하게 고정시킨다. Referring to FIG. 20, in the step S11 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the circumferential direction and approaching the pin length column 23, the third wire support part 540 is moved in the new pole 13 direction. In the operation of making the slide guide part 564 operate by the operator, the slide guide part 563 moves in the direction of the new pole 13 while the slide guide part 563 is able to slide on the horizontal extension part 511. By moving. At this time, since the third wire support part 540 is connected to the slide moving part 560 via the loose neck installation part 551, the third wire support part 540 also moves toward the new electric pole 13 by the moving distance of the slide moving part 560. Is moved to. When the third wire support part 540 reaches the desired point, the operator manipulates the slide position fixing part 564 to firmly fix the slide guide part 563 so as not to move arbitrarily on the horizontal extension part 511.
제3전선지지부(540)를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S11)에서, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)를 이용해 가완목부(510)를 자동 및 원격으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.In the step S11 of moving the third wire support part 540 in the circumferential direction and approaching the pin length column 23 side, the operation of moving the third wire support part 540 downward is performed by a worker spaced apart from the wire 30. The first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 in the position is made through the process of moving the movable neck portion 510 down automatically and remotely.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(43) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is only a process of moving the loose neck portion 510 upward by the second actuator 43 and the third lifting and moving portion 550 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Or, the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 downward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and The second wire 42 and the third lifting unit 550 may be made through the process of moving up the third wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, an operation of moving the third wire support part 540 downward is to move the armrest part 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the worker. The sub extension part 543 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is performed by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 550 by the second actuator 42 and the third movable member 550 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience, the third wire support portion It may be made through the process of moving the 540 upward, and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(540)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 540 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and The process of moving up the third wire support part 540 installed in the armrest neck part 510 by the 2 actuator 42 and the 3rd moving part 550, and the operator wires the sub extension part 543 by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving upward to the (30) side.
도 21을 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S12)는, 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 밀착시킨 상태로 바인더하여 결속시킨 후, 전선(30)과 제3전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 여기서 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 바인더한다는 것은, 피복된 와이어, 테이프, 클립 등의 바인더부재를 이용해 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 고정시키는 것을 의미한다.Referring to FIG. 21, the step S12 of transferring the electric wire 30 from the third electric wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin length column 23 may include connecting the electric wire 30 to the LP insulator 25. After binding and binding the binder in close contact, the wire 30 and the third wire support part 540 are released. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
전선(30)과 제3전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 것은, 잠금부(548)를 회동 조작하여 개방부(546a)를 개방시키고, 개방부(546a)를 통해 브라켓부(546)의 외부로 전선(30)을 빼내는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the third electric wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and of the bracket part 546 through the opening part 546a. Through the process of pulling out the wire 30 to the outside.
도 22를 참조하면, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S13)는, 승강이동부(550)와 전선지지부(540)를 가완목부(510)에서 분리시킨 후, 가완목부(510)를 가완목고정부(520) 또는 승강부(530)에서 분리시키고, 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)에서 분리시키며, 가완목고정부(520)를 신설전주(13)에서 분리시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 22, in the step S13 of removing the loose neck part 510 from the newly installed pole 13, the lifting moving part 550 and the wire support part 540 are separated from the loose neck part 510. 510 is separated from the loose neck fixing section 520 or the lifting unit 530, the lifting section 530 is separated from the loose neck fixing section 520, the loose neck fixing section 520 is separated from the new pole (13) It is done through the process.
또한, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S13)는, 승강이동부(550)와 전선지지부(540)가 설치된 상태의 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)로부터 분리하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S13) of dismantling the loose neck portion 510 in the new pole 13, separates the loose neck portion 510 in the state where the lifting movable portion 550 and the wire support 540 is installed from the new pole (13). It can also be done through the process.
도 10 내지 도 22에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 거치는 것에 의해, 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용해 전주를 용이하게 신설할 수 있다. By going through the process as shown in Figure 10 to 22, it is possible to easily establish a pole by using the auxiliary equipment for the distribution line live work.
또한, 도 10 내지 도 17에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 거치는 것에 의해, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치할 수 있다. 이후 LP애자(25) 각각에 대해, 도 18 내지 도 21에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 복수회 거치면서, 복수개의 LP애자(25) 각각을 순차적으로 설치할 수도 있다.In addition, by going through the process as shown in Figs. 10 to 17, it is possible to install the pin length column 23 on the new pole (13). Thereafter, for each of the LP insulators 25, a plurality of LP insulators 25 may be sequentially installed while undergoing a plurality of processes as illustrated in FIGS. 18 to 21.
한편, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해, 가완목부(510)의 높이 또는 전선지지부(540) 높이, 전선지지부(540)측으로 이선된 전선(30)의 높이를 자동으로 조절하면서 전주를 신설하는 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.On the other hand, according to the present invention, by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of the wire support portion 540, the wire transferred to the wire support portion 540 side ( Automatically adjusting the height of 30) can easily perform the task of establishing a new pole.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 가완목부(510)와 전선지지부(540) 전체의 높이를 다단으로 조정할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라, 전선지지부(540) 중 전선구속부(545)가 형성된 서브연장부(543)만을 상하로 이동시키는 것에 의해, 전선구속부(545) 또는 전선(30)의 높이를 3단으로 조절할 수 있다.Further, according to the present invention, not only the height of the loose neck portion 510 and the entire wire support portion 540 can be adjusted in multiple stages, but also the sub extension portion 543 in which the wire restraint portion 545 is formed among the wire support portions 540. By moving the bay up and down, the height of the wire restraint part 545 or the electric wire 30 can be adjusted to three steps.
이에 따라, 본 발명에 의하면, 작업자가 작업 여건이나 편의에 따라 가완목부(510)의 높이, 전선지지부(540) 전체의 높이, 서브연장부(543)의 높이를 선택적으로 조정하면서 전주 신설 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.Accordingly, according to the present invention, the operator performs the new pole work while selectively adjusting the height of the loose neck portion 510, the height of the entire wire support portion 540, the height of the sub-extension portion 543 according to the working conditions or convenience. It can be done easily.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 상부로 이격시키는 작업을 수행할 수 있어, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 활선작업 공간을 용이하게 확보할 수 있고, 핀장주(23) 설치 시 작업자가 전선(30)과 접촉되어 발생되는 안전사고의 위험을 줄일 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, the operator using the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42 to separate the wire 30 to the upper portion of the pin length column 23 at the position spaced apart from the wire 30 It can be performed, it is possible to easily secure the live work space for installing the pin length column 23 on the new pole 13, the operator is in contact with the electric wire 30 when the pin length column 23 is installed Reduce the risk of safety accidents.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 복수개의 전선지지부(540)가 가완목부(510)에 기설치된 상태에서 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키면, 전선지지부(540) 각각을 상향 이동시키는 번거로움 없이, 복수개의 전선지지부(540) 전부를 동일 변위로 상향이동시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, if the plurality of wire support portion 540 is moved upwardly in the state in which the neck portion 510 is pre-installed in the loose neck portion 510, without the hassle of moving each of the wire support portion 540 upward, All four wire support parts 540 may be moved upward with the same displacement.
이하에서는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 대해 설명하기로 한다. 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치의 제2실시예는 제1실시예의 제3전선지지부(540), 제3승강이동부(550) 및 슬라이드이동부(560)가 제3전선지지부(640), 제3승강이동부(650), 회전부(660)로 변경된 점에서 차이가 있고, 나머지 구성 및 작동원리는 제1실시예와 동일하다. 따라서 제2실시예에 대한 설명 중 제1실시예와 동일한 내용에 대해서는 제1실시예의 도면을 공유하여 설명하기로 한다.Hereinafter, a description will be given of the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment according to the second embodiment of the present invention. In the second embodiment of the auxiliary equipment for live work of power distribution facilities, the third wire support part 540, the third lift mover 550 and the slide mover 560 of the first embodiment are the third wire support 640 and the third lift mover. 650, there is a difference in that it is changed to the rotating unit 660, the remaining configuration and operation principle is the same as the first embodiment. Therefore, the same contents as those of the first embodiment in the description of the second embodiment will be described by sharing the drawings of the first embodiment.
도 1을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치는 가완목부(510), 가완목고정부(520), 승강부(530), 전선지지부(540, 640), 승강이동부(550, 650)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 1, the auxiliary equipment for live work of power distribution facilities according to the present embodiment includes a wooden neck part 510, a wooden neck fixing part 520, a lifting part 530, a wire support part 540 and 640, and a lifting moving part 550. 650).
가완목부(510)는 신설전주(13)에 고정된 상태로 전선지지부(540, 640)와, 전선지지부(540, 640)에 결속된 전선(30)의 하중을 지지하는 골조를 이룬다. 본 실시예에 따른 가완목부(510)는 수평연장부(511), 수직연장부(513), 지지부(515)를 포함한다.The loose neck part 510 forms a frame supporting the load of the wire support parts 540 and 640 and the wire 30 bound to the wire support parts 540 and 640 in a state of being fixed to the new pole 13. The loose neck part 510 according to the present embodiment includes a horizontal extension part 511, a vertical extension part 513, and a support part 515.
수평연장부(511)는 수평 방향으로 연장되게 형성된다. 이에 따라, 수직연장부(513)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킨 상태에서 수평연장부(511)는 신설전주(13)에 설치된 완철(21)과 나란하게 배치된다. 수평을 이루는 수평연장부(511)상에는 하나 또는 복수개의 전선지지부(540, 640)가 설치된다.The horizontal extension portion 511 is formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Accordingly, the horizontal extension portion 511 is arranged in parallel with the wrought iron 21 provided in the newly formed pole 13 in a state in which the vertical extension portion 513 is fixed to the new pole. One or a plurality of wire support parts 540 and 640 are provided on the horizontal horizontal extension part 511.
수직연장부(513)는 수평연장부(511)의 하부에 연결된다. 수직연장부(513)는 신설전주(13)를 따라 수직 방향으로 연장되며, 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 고정된다.The vertical extension part 513 is connected to the lower part of the horizontal extension part 511. The vertical extension part 513 extends in the vertical direction along the new pole 13 and is fixed to the new pole 13 by the temporary wood fixing part 520.
지지부(515)는 막대 형상을 가지고 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 경사지게 설치되며, 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)를 연결한다. 지지부(515)의 상부는 수평연장부(511)의 단부에 설치된 링크부재(516)에 회동가능하게 연결되고, 지지부(515)의 하부는 수직연장부(513)와 연결된다. 상기와 같은 연결 구조에 의해 지지부(515)는 수직연장부(513)와의 연결부를 기준으로 하여 수평연장부(511)를 받쳐 지지하게 된다.The support part 515 has a rod shape and is installed to be inclined between the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513, and connects the horizontal extension part 511 and the vertical extension part 513. The upper part of the support part 515 is rotatably connected to the link member 516 installed at the end of the horizontal extension part 511, and the lower part of the support part 515 is connected to the vertical extension part 513. By the connection structure as described above, the support part 515 supports the horizontal extension part 511 based on the connection part with the vertical extension part 513.
링크부재(516)를 수평연장부(511)에 설치하는 것은, 링크부재(516)를 수평대연결부(521)의 단부에 끼운 후, 아이볼트 등의 볼트부재를 링크부재(516)의 일측부를 관통하여 체결하는 것에 의해 링크부재(516)와 수평연장부(511)를 상호 밀착시킴으로써 이루어질 수 있다.Installing the link member 516 on the horizontal extension part 511 includes inserting the link member 516 at the end of the horizontal bar connection part 521, and then attaching a bolt member such as an eye bolt to one side of the link member 516. By fastening through, the link member 516 and the horizontal extension part 511 may be in close contact with each other.
도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 가완목고정부(520)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킨다. 본 실시예에 따른 가완목고정부(520)는 가완목연결부(521)와 전주연결부(523)를 포함한다.2 to 4, the loose neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new neck (13) or the lifting neck 510 or the lifting unit 530. The wooden neck fixing part 520 according to the present embodiment includes a wooden neck connector 521 and a pole pole connector 523.
가완목연결부(521)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)와 연결되는 부분이다. 가완목연결부(521)는 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)에 마련된 제1체결부(531a)를 착탈시킬 수 있는 제2체결부(522)를 포함하는 구조를 가진다.The loose neck connection part 521 is a part connected to the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530. The loose neck connection part 521 has a structure including a second fastening part 522 capable of attaching and detaching the first fastening part 531a provided in the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530.
본 실시예에서 제1체결부(531a)는 상하로 연장되고 상부에 비해 하부의 너비가 넓은 슬릿 형상을 가지며, 제2체결부(522)는 승강부(530)측으로 돌출되는 수결합부의 형상을 가지며, 단부가 제1체결부(531a)의 하부는 통과가능하면서 상부는 통과불가능한 너비를 가진다.In the present embodiment, the first fastening part 531a extends up and down and has a slit shape having a lower width than the upper part, and the second fastening part 522 has a shape of a male coupling part protruding toward the lifting part 530. Its end portion has a width at which the lower portion of the first fastening portion 531a is passable and the upper portion is not passable.
제1체결부(531a)의 하부를 제2체결부(522)에 끼우고, 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 들어올린 외력을 해제하면, 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)의 자중에 의해 제1체결부(531a)가 하향 이동되면서 제1체결부(531a)의 상부에 제2체결부(522)가 위치된다. 이때, 제2체결부(522)의 단부는 제1체결부(531a)의 상부에 걸린 상태가 된다. 상기와 같은 조립에 의해 가완목부(510) 또는 승강부(530)를 가완목연결부(521)상에 착탈시킬 수 있다.When the lower part of the first fastening part 531a is inserted into the second fastening part 522 and the external force that lifts the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released, the loose neck part 510 or the lifting part 530 is released. As the first fastening portion 531a is moved downward by its own weight, the second fastening portion 522 is positioned above the first fastening portion 531a. At this time, the end portion of the second fastening portion 522 is in a state caught on the upper portion of the first fastening portion 531a. By the assembly as described above, the loose neck portion 510 or the lifting portion 530 can be detached on the loose neck connection portion 521.
전주연결부(523)는 신설전주(13)에 고정되는 부분이다. 전주연결부(523)는 가완목연결부(521)와 연결되고, 신설전주(13)에 착탈가능한 클램프 구조를 가진다.Electric pole connecting portion 523 is a portion fixed to the new pole (13). The electric pole connecting portion 523 is connected to the loose neck connecting portion 521, and has a clamp structure detachable to the new pole (13).
일반적으로 클램프는 제1부재를 제2부재에 얽어매는 데 사용되는 부재로, 제2부재를 감쌀 수 있도록 'ㄷ'자 또는 'C'자 형상을 가지거나 벨트 형상을 가지며, 그 단부에 볼트 또는 너트 등의 체결부재가 결합된 구조를 가진다. 본 실시예에서 전주연결부(523)는 클램프 구조를 가지나, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시킬 수 있다면 특정한 구조와 형상으로 한정되지 않는다.In general, the clamp is a member used to tie the first member to the second member, and has a 'C' or 'C' shape or a belt shape to wrap the second member, and has a bolt or It has a structure in which a fastening member such as a nut is coupled. In the present embodiment, the electric pole connecting portion 523 has a clamp structure, but is not limited to a specific structure and shape as long as the loose neck portion 510 can be fixed to the new pole 13.
승강부(530)는 가완목고정부(520)에 고정된 상태로 가완목부(510)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 승강부(530)는 전주설치부(531)와 승강구동부(533)를 포함한다.The lifting unit 530 moves the loose neck part 510 up and down in a fixed state to the loose neck fixing unit 520. 2 to 4, the lifting unit 530 according to the present embodiment includes an electric pole mounting unit 531 and a lifting driving unit 533.
전주설치부(531)는 가완목고정부(520)에 설치된 상태에서 수직연장부(513)를 포함한 가완목부(510)의 하중과 전선(30)의 하중을 지지할 수 있는 골조를 이룬다. 전주설치부(531)의 일측부에는 가완목고정부(520)상에 착탈가능하게 설치되는 제1체결부(531a)가 형성된다. 가완목고정부(520)에는 제1체결부(531a)와 암수 결합되는 제2체결부(522)가 형성된다. 제1체결부(531a)와 제2체결부(522)를 암수 결합시키는 것에 의해 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)상에 설치할 수 있다. 또한, 제1체결부(531a)와 제2체결부(522)의 암수 결합을 해제시키는 것에 의해 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)로부터 분리시킬 수 있다.The electric pole mounting portion 531 forms a frame capable of supporting the load of the loose neck portion 510 including the vertical extension portion 513 and the load of the wire 30 in the state installed in the loose neck fixing portion 520. One side portion of the pole mounting portion 531 is formed with a first fastening portion 531a which is detachably installed on the fixed neck fixing portion 520. A temporary fastening part 520 is formed with a second fastening part 522 that is male and female and a first fastening part 531a. By elevating the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522, the elevating part 530 can be installed on the loose neck fixing part 520. In addition, the lifting part 530 may be separated from the fixed neck fixing part 520 by releasing the male and female coupling between the first fastening part 531a and the second fastening part 522.
전주설치부(531)의 타측부에는 수직연장부(513)가 상하로 이동가능하게 설치된다. 수직연장부(513)는 전주설치부(531)를 상하로 관통하여 설치된 상태로 승강구동부(533)의 작동에 연동하여 상하로 이동된다. 수직연장부(513)와 접하는 전주설치부(531)상에는 전주설치부(531)와의 마찰 접촉으로 인해 수직연장부(513) 이동이 저해되는 것을 방지할 수 있도록 복수개의 롤러부재(532)가 상하로 배열된 구조를 가진다. 수직연장부(513)의 상향 또는 하향 이동 시, 롤러부재(532)는 수직연장부(513)와 접촉된 상태로 수직연장부(513)의 이동에 연동하여 일측 또는 타측으로 회전된다.On the other side of the pole mounting portion 531, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed to be moved up and down. The vertical extension part 513 moves up and down in association with the operation of the elevating drive part 533 in the state installed through the electric pole mounting part 531 up and down. On the pole mounting portion 531 which is in contact with the vertical extension portion 513, the plurality of roller members 532 are vertically positioned so as to prevent the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 due to frictional contact with the pole extension installation portion 531. It has a structure arranged as. When the vertical extension portion 513 moves up or down, the roller member 532 is rotated to one side or the other side in association with the movement of the vertical extension portion 513 in contact with the vertical extension portion 513.
승강구동부(533)는 전주설치부(531)에 설치되며, 제1액츄에이터(41)에서 동력을 전달받아 가완목부(510)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 여기서, 제1액츄에이터(41)로는 배전설비를 교체하기 위한 작업 시 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구, 또는 모터 등의 구동장치를 적용할 수 있다. 본 실시예에 따른 승강구동부(533)는 승강동력전달부(534), 승강축통부(537), 승강벨트부(538)을 포함한다.The elevating driving part 533 is installed in the electric pole mounting part 531 and receives the power from the first actuator 41 to move the movable neck part 510 up and down. Here, the first actuator 41 may be applied to a power drill such as a power drill, a power driver, or a drive device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment. The lifting driving unit 533 according to the present embodiment includes a lifting power transmission unit 534, a lifting shaft cylindrical part 537, and a lifting belt part 538.
승강동력전달부(534)는 제1액츄에이터(41)에 의해 회전 구동된다. 본 실시예에서 승강동력전달부(534)는 승강웜(535)과 승강웜휠(536)을 포함한다.The lifting power transmission unit 534 is rotationally driven by the first actuator 41. In this embodiment, the lifting power transmission unit 534 includes a lifting worm 535 and a lifting worm wheel 536.
승강웜(535)의 단부에는 제1액츄에이터(41)와 맞물리는 승강동력유입부(535a)가 형성되어, 제1액츄에이터(41)로부터 회전력을 전달받는다. 승강웜휠(536)은 승강웜(535)과 치합되고, 승강축통부(537)와 동축상에 설치되며, 승강웜(535)에 연동하여 회전된다. 제1액츄에이터(41)로 전동공구를 적용 시, 승강웜(535)이 제1액츄에이터(41)의 회전에 연동하여 회전되며, 승강웜휠(536)은 승강웜(535)의 회전에 연동하여 감속 회전됨과 동시에 회전력이 증가된다.An elevating power inlet 535a engaged with the first actuator 41 is formed at an end of the elevating worm 535 to receive the rotational force from the first actuator 41. The lifting worm wheel 536 meshes with the lifting worm 535, is installed coaxially with the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, and rotates in conjunction with the lifting worm 535. When the power tool is applied to the first actuator 41, the lifting worm 535 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the first actuator 41, and the lifting worm wheel 536 decelerates in conjunction with the rotation of the lifting worm 535. As it rotates, the torque increases.
상기와 같이 승강웜(535)과 승강웜휠(536)을 구비한 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 승강웜(535)측에서 승강웜휠(536)측으로만 회전 동력을 전달가능하고, 승강웜휠(536)측에서 승강웜(535)측으로는 회전 동력이 전달되지 못한다. 즉, 승강웜휠(536)에 회전력을 가하는 것에 의해서는 승강웜(535)의 회전이 이루어지지 못하고, 승강웜휠(536)의 회전 또한 이루어지지 못한다.According to the worm gear structure including the elevating worm 535 and the elevating worm wheel 536 as described above, it is possible to transmit the rotational power from the elevating worm 535 side to the elevating worm wheel 536 side, and the elevating worm wheel 536 side. The rotating power is not transmitted to the lifting worm 535 side. That is, by applying a rotational force to the lifting worm wheel 536, the lifting worm 535 is not rotated, and the lifting worm wheel 536 is also not rotated.
승강웜휠(536)은 승강축통부(537) 및 승강벨트부(538)에 의해 가완목부(510)와 연결되는데, 상기와 같은 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 가완목부(510)와 전선(30) 등의 자중으로 인해 가완목부(510)가 하향 이동되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The elevating worm wheel 536 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by the elevating shaft portion 537 and the elevating belt portion 538. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the loose neck portion 510 and the electric wire 30, etc. It is possible to prevent the movable neck portion 510 is moved downward due to its own weight.
승강축통부(537)는 승강동력전달부(534)에 의해 일측 또는 타측으로 회전되면서 승강벨트부(538)를 감거나 풀어낸다. 승강축통부(537)는 승강벨트부(538)를 권취가능한 원주형상의 외면부를 구비하여 승강웜휠(536)과 동축상에 연결된다.The elevating shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to one side or the other side by the elevating power transmission unit 534 to wind or unwind the elevating belt portion 538. The lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the lifting belt portion 538 and is connected coaxially with the lifting worm wheel 536.
승강벨트부(538)는 승강축통부(537)에 권취되며, 단부가 전선지지부(540, 640)와 연결된다. 여기서, 승강벨트부(538)로는 납작한 직사각형 또는 선형의 단면 형상을 가지는 일반적인 벨트, 또는 와이어, 로프 등의 선형부재를 적용할 수 있다. 승강벨트부(538)의 단부는 걸고리, 끼움쇠(fitting), 클립, 암수 체결부재등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 가완목부(510)와 연결된다.The lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537, the end is connected to the wire support (540, 640). Here, as the elevating belt portion 538, a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope may be applied. The end of the elevating belt portion 538 is connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, and a male and female coupling member.
제1액츄에이터(41)의 단부를 승강동력유입부(535a)에 맞물린 상태로 제1액츄에이터(41)를 일측으로 회전 구동시키면, 회전력이 승강동력전달부(534)를 통해 승강축통부(537)로 전달되어 승강축통부(537)가 일측으로 회전되며 승강벨트부(538)가 승강축통부(537)에 감김과 동시에 승강벨트부(538)의 단부와 연결된 가완목부(510)가 상측으로 당겨 올려진다. 또한, 제1액츄에이터(41)를 타측으로 회전 구동시키면, 승강축통부(537)가 타측으로 회전되며 승강벨트부(538)가 풀어짐과 동시에 가완목부(510)가 하측으로 내려간다.When the first actuator 41 is rotated to one side while the end of the first actuator 41 is engaged with the lifting power inflow portion 535a, the rotation force is the lifting shaft cylindrical portion 537 through the lifting power transmission portion 534. It is transmitted to the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 is rotated to one side, and the lifting belt portion 538 is wound around the lifting shaft barrel portion 537 and at the same time the loose neck portion 510 connected to the end of the lifting belt portion 538 is pulled upwards. Raised In addition, when the first actuator 41 is driven to rotate to the other side, the lifting shaft cylinder portion 537 is rotated to the other side, while the lifting belt portion 538 is released and the loose neck portion 510 is lowered.
가완목부(510)의 하부에 가완목부(510)의 하향 이동을 구속하는 안전스토퍼부(539)를 추가로 형성할 수 있다. 본 실시예에서 안전스토퍼부(539)는 일정한 길이를 가지는 벨트 또는 띠 형상을 가지고, 그 단부가 가완목부(510)와 연결되는 구조를 가진다. 안전스토퍼부(539) 또한 승강벨트부(538)와 마찬가지로 걸고리, 끼움쇠(fitting), 클립, 암수 체결부재 등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 가완목부(510)에 착탈가능하게 연결된다.A safety stopper 539 may be further formed below the loose neck 510 to restrain the downward movement of the loose neck 510. In the present embodiment, the safety stopper portion 539 has a belt or belt shape having a predetermined length and has an end portion connected to the loose neck portion 510. The safety stopper portion 539 is also detachably connected to the loose neck portion 510 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook, a fitting, a clip, a male and female coupling member, and the like as the lifting belt portion 538.
도 1 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치는, 가완목부(510)가 승강부(530)를 매개로 하여 가완목고정부(520)와 연결된 구조를 가진다. 즉, 가완목고정부(520)가 승강부(530)와 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 고정되는 구조를 가진다.1 to 4, the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution facilities according to the present embodiment has a structure in which a loose neck part 510 is connected to a loose neck fixing part 520 through a lift part 530. That is, the wooden neck fixing section 520 has a structure that is fixed to the new pole 13 by the lifting unit 530 and the wooden neck fixing section 520.
그러나, 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에서 승강부(530)는 가완목부(510)를 승강시킬 수만 있다면, 가완목부(510)와 가완목고정부(520)의 사이에 설치되는 것으로 한정되지 않는다. 즉, 가완목부(510)는 승강부(530)를 매개로 하지 않고 가완목고정부(520)에 의해 신설전주(13)에 직접 결속될 수도 있으며, 승강부(530)는 가완목부(510)와 가완목고정부(520)의 사이가 아닌, 다른 위치에서 신설전주(13)에 설치된 상태로 가완목부(510)를 승강시킬 수도 있다.However, the lifting unit 530 in the power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device according to the present invention is not limited to being installed between the loose neck portion 510 and the loose neck fixing portion 520, as long as it can elevate the loose neck portion 510. Do not. That is, the loose neck portion 510 may be directly bound to the new pole 13 by the loose neck fixing part 520 without the lifting portion 530 as a medium, and the lifting portion 530 is connected to the loose neck portion 510. It is also possible to raise and lower the wooden part 510 in a state installed in the new pole 13 in another position, not between the wooden neck fixing unit 520.
도 5 내지 도 7을 참조하면, 전선지지부(540)는 가완목부(510)에 설치된 상태로 신설전주(13)에 연결된 전선(30)을 이선(移線)받아 지지하는 부분이다. 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 전선지지부(540)는 연장부(541)와 전선구속부(545)를 포함한다.5 to 7, the wire support part 540 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the newly formed electric pole 13 in a state where it is installed on the loose neck part 510. The wire support 540 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes an extension 541 and the wire restraint 545.
연장부(541)는 상하로 연장된 형상을 가지고 수평연장부(511)에 설치되며, 승강이동부(550)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 연장부(541)는 메인연장부(542), 서브연장부(543), 고정부(544)를 포함한다.The extension part 541 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 with the shape extended up and down, and is moved up and down by the elevation moving part 550. The extension part 541 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 542, a sub extension part 543, and a fixing part 544.
메인연장부(542)는 승강이동부(550)와 연결되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 구동되는 승강이동부(550)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 서브연장부(543)는 절연재질을 포함하여 이루어지며, 원통 형상의 메인연장부(542)의 내부에 하부가 삽입된 상태로 설치되고, 메인연장부(542)의 상부로 이동된다. 즉, 서브연장부(543)는 메인연장부(542)의 상부로 출몰가능하게 설치된다.The main extension part 542 is connected to the lifting moving part 550 and is moved up and down by the lifting moving part 550 driven by the power transmitted from the second actuator 42. The sub extension part 543 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state in which a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 542, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 542. That is, the sub extension part 543 is installed to be protruding to the upper part of the main extension part 542.
고정부(544)는 상향 이동된 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)상에 고정시킨다. 고정부(544)로는 회전식 고정구, 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)를 관통하는 관통구 등을 적용할 수 있다.The fixing part 544 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 543 on the main extension part 542. As the fixing part 544, a rotary fixing device, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 543, and the main extension part 542 may be used.
고정부(544)로서 회전식 고정구를 적용 시, 고정부(544)를 일측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)에 고정시키고, 타측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)의 결속을 해제할 수 있다. 고정부(544)를 구비하면, 서브연장부(543)를 원하는 높이로 이동시키고, 고정부(544)를 이용해 서브연장부(543)를 위치 고정시키는 과정을 통해 연장부(541)의 길이를 수동으로 조절할 수 있다.When the rotary fastener is applied as the fixing part 544, the sub extension part 543 is fixed to the main extension part 542 by the rotation operation of turning the fixing part 544 to one side, and the sub operation is performed by the rotation operation turning to the other side. The binding of the extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 can be released. When the fixing unit 544 is provided, the length of the extension unit 541 is moved by moving the sub extension unit 543 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension unit 543 using the fixing unit 544. You can adjust it manually.
또한, 별도의 고정부(544)를 구비하지 않고, 서브연장부(543)와 메인연장부(542)간의 연결부에 각각 암체결부와 수체결부를 형성하는 구조에 의해, 서브연장부(543)를 일측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)상에 상하로 이동불가능하게 고정시키고, 서브연장부(543)를 타측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(543)를 메인연장부(542)에 고정시킨 상태를 해제할 수도 있다.In addition, the sub extension part 543 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 543 and the main extension part 542 without providing a separate fixing part 544. By rotating to one side, the sub extension part 543 is immovably fixed on the main extension part 542 up and down, and the sub extension part 543 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 543 to the main extension part 542. You can also release the state fixed at).
전선구속부(545)는 전선(30)이 걸리는 부분으로, 서브연장부(543)의 상부에 형성된다. 전선구속부(545)는 전선(30)이 전선지지부(540)에서 임의로 이탈되지 않게 구속한다. 도 7을 참조하면, 본 실시예에서 전선구속부(545)는 브라켓부(546)와 잠금부(548)를 포함한다.The wire restraint part 545 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 543. The wire restraint part 545 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the wire support part 540. Referring to FIG. 7, in the present embodiment, the wire restraint part 545 includes a bracket part 546 and a locking part 548.
브라켓부(546)는 연장부(541)와 연결되며, 전선(30)이 통과가능한 개방부(546a)가 형성된다. 잠금부(548)는 브라켓부(546)와 연결되며, 개방부(546a)를 개폐시킨다. 본 발명의 실시예에서 개방부(546a)는 브라켓부(546)의 상부에 형성되고, 잠금부(548)는 브라켓부(546)의 일단부에 회동가능하게 연결된다.The bracket part 546 is connected to the extension part 541, and an opening part 546a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed. The locking part 548 is connected to the bracket part 546 and opens and closes the opening part 546a. In the embodiment of the present invention, the opening portion 546a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 546, and the locking portion 548 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 546.
잠금부(548)를 일측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(548)가 브라켓부(546)의 타단부에 걸리면서 개방부(546a)를 폐쇄한다(도 5 참조). 잠금부(548)를 타측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(548)가 브라켓부(546)의 타단부로부터 이격되면서 개방부(546a)를 개방시킨다(도 7 참조). 상기와 같이 잠금부(548)를 조작하는 것에 의해 개방부(546a)를 개폐시키면서 전선구속부(545)에 전선(30)을 끼워 구속하거나, 전선구속부(545)로부터 전선(30)을 분리할 수 있다.In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to one side, the locking portion 548 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 546 while closing the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 5). In the operation of rotating the locking portion 548 to the other side, the locking portion 548 is spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 546 to open the opening portion 546a (see FIG. 7). By operating the locking part 548 as described above, while opening and closing the opening part 546a, the electric wire 30 is fitted into the electric wire restraint 545 or the electric wire 30 is separated from the electric wire restraint 545. can do.
브라켓부(546)상에는 하부롤러(547)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치되고, 잠금부(548)상에는 상부롤러(549)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치된다. 이에 따라, 전선(30)을 브라켓부(546)의 내부에 끼우고 잠금부(548)를 채운 상태에서, 전선(30)의 외면부는 하부롤러(547), 상부롤러(549)와 접하게 된다. 즉, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(545)에 끼워진 상태에서, 전선(30)은 전선구속부(545)와 구름접촉된 상태가 된다.On the bracket portion 546, the lower roller 547 is rotatably installed in the correct position, and the upper roller 549 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 548. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 546 and the locking portion 548 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 547 and the upper roller 549. That is, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted in the electric wire restraint part 545, the electric wire 30 will be in the cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 545. FIG.
이에 따라, 배전 설비를 교체하는 과정에서 전선구속부(545)와 전선(30)간의 상대 변위 발생 시, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(545)로 인해 손상되는 것을 방지할 수 있고, 전선구속부(545)와 전선(30)이 상호 결속된 상태를 안정되게 유지하면서도 전선구속부(545) 또는 전선(30)의 이동이 원활하게 이루어질 수 있다.Accordingly, when a relative displacement between the wire restraint 545 and the wire 30 occurs in the process of replacing the power distribution equipment, the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 545, and the wire restraint may be prevented. The wire binding unit 545 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the unit 545 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540) 각각을 독립적으로 승강시킬 수 있도록 구비된다. 이에 따라, 승강이동부(550)는 전선지지부(540)의 개수에 비례하여 그 설치 개수가 결정된다. The elevating moving part 550 moves the wire support part 540 up and down. Lifting moving unit 550 is provided so as to independently lift each of the wire support 540. Accordingly, the number of installation of the lifting moving part 550 is determined in proportion to the number of the wire supporting parts 540.
본 실시예에 따른 승강이동부(550)는 가완목설치부(551)와 구동부(553)를 포함한다.The lifting moving unit 550 according to the present embodiment includes a loose neck installation unit 551 and a driving unit 553.
가완목설치부(551)는, 승강이동부(550)를 수평연장부(511)상에 고정시킬 수 있다면, 가완목고정부(520)에 적용되는 클램프 구조, 또는 가완목고정부(520)와 상이한 구조를 포함하여 특정한 구조와 형상으로 한정되지 않는다.If the movable neck mounting portion 551 can be fixed to the elevating moving part 550 on the horizontal extension portion 511, the clamp structure applied to the loose wood fixing portion 520, or a structure different from the loose wood fixing portion 520 It is not limited to a specific structure and shape, including.
구동부(553)는 가완목설치부(551)에 설치되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 전선지지부(540)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 여기서, 제2액츄에이터(42)로는 제1액츄에이터(41)와 마찬가지로, 배전설비를 교체하기 위한 작업 시 일반적으로 사용되는 전동 드라이버 등의 전동공구, 또는 모터 등의 구동장치를 적용할 수 있다. 본 실시예에 따른 구동부(553)는 동력전달부(554), 축통부(557), 벨트부(558)를 포함한다.The driving unit 553 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 551 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the wire support unit 540 up and down. Here, as the second actuator 42, a power tool such as an electric driver, or a drive device such as a motor, which is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment, may be used as the first actuator 41. The driving unit 553 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission unit 554, a shaft portion 557, a belt portion 558.
동력전달부(554)는 제2액츄에이터(42)에 의해 회전 구동된다. 본 실시예에서 동력전달부(554)는 웜(555)과 웜휠(556)을 포함한다.The power transmission unit 554 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42. In the present embodiment, the power transmission unit 554 includes a worm 555 and a worm wheel 556.
웜(555)의 단부에는 제2액츄에이터(42)와 맞물리는 동력유입부(555a)가 형성되어, 제2액츄에이터(42)로부터 회전력을 전달받는다. 웜휠(556)은 웜(555)과 치합되고, 축통부(557)와 동축상에 설치되며, 웜(555)에 연동하여 회전된다. 제2액츄에이터(42)로 전동공구를 적용 시, 웜(555)이 제2액츄에이터(42)의 회전에 연동하여 회전되며, 웜휠(556)은 웜(555)의 회전에 연동하여 감속 회전됨과 동시에 회전력이 증가된다.At the end of the worm 555, a power inlet 555a engaging with the second actuator 42 is formed to receive the rotational force from the second actuator 42. The worm wheel 556 meshes with the worm 555, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 557, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 555. When the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 555 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 556 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 555. Rotational force is increased.
상기와 같이 웜(555)과 웜휠(556)을 구비한 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 웜(555)측에서 웜휠(556)측으로만 회전 동력을 전달가능하고, 웜휠(556)측에서 웜(555)측으로는 회전 동력이 전달되지 못한다. 즉, 웜휠(556)에 회전력을 가하는 것에 의해서는 웜(555)의 회전이 이루어지지 못하고, 웜휠(556)의 회전 또한 이루어지지 못한다.According to the worm gear structure including the worm 555 and the worm wheel 556 as described above, the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 555 side to the worm wheel 556 side, and the worm wheel 556 from the worm wheel 556 side to the worm 555 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 556, the rotation of the worm 555 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 556 is also not made.
웜휠(556)은 축통부(557) 및 벨트부(558)에 의해 전선지지부(540)와 연결되는데, 상기와 같은 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 전선(30) 등의 하중으로 인해 전선지지부(540)가 하향 이동되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The worm wheel 556 is connected to the wire support part 540 by the shaft part 557 and the belt part 558. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the wire support part 540 is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. The downward movement can be prevented.
축통부(557)는 동력전달부(554)에 의해 일측 또는 타측으로 회전되면서 벨트부(558)를 감거나 풀어낸다. 축통부(557)는 벨트부(558)를 권취가능한 원주형상의 외면부를 구비하여 웜휠(556)과 동축상에 연결된다. The shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 554 to wind or unwind the belt portion 558. The shaft portion 557 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 558 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 556.
벨트부(558)는 축통부(557)에 권취되며, 단부가 전선지지부(540)와 연결된다. 여기서, 벨트부(558)로는 납작한 직사각형 또는 선형의 단면 형상을 가지는 일반적인 벨트, 또는 와이어, 로프 등의 선형부재를 적용할 수 있다. 벨트부(558)의 단부는 걸고리 등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 연장부(541)와 연결된다.The belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557, and an end thereof is connected to the wire support portion 540. Here, the belt 558 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope. The end portion of the belt portion 558 is connected to the extension portion 541 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
제2액츄에이터(42)의 단부를 동력유입부(555a)에 맞물린 상태로 제2액츄에이터(42)를 일측으로 회전 구동시키면, 회전력이 동력전달부(554)를 통해 축통부(557)로 전달되어 축통부(557)가 일측으로 회전되며 벨트부(558)가 축통부(557)에 감김과 동시에 벨트부(558)의 단부와 연결된 전선지지부(540)가 상측으로 당겨 올려진다. 또한, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 타측으로 회전 구동시키면, 축통부(557)가 타측으로 회전되며 벨트부(558)가 풀어짐과 동시에 전선지지부(540)가 하측으로 내려간다.When the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to one side while the end of the second actuator 42 is engaged with the power inlet 555a, the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 557 through the power transmission unit 554. The shaft portion 557 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 558 is wound around the shaft portion 557 and the wire support portion 540 connected to the end of the belt portion 558 is pulled upward. In addition, when the second actuator 42 is driven to rotate to the other side, the shaft portion 557 is rotated to the other side and the belt support 540 is released while the belt support 540 is lowered.
본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 의하면, 상기와 같이 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해, 가완목부(510)의 높이 또는 전선지지부(540) 각각의 높이, 전선지지부(540)에 걸린 전선(30)의 높이를 자동으로 조절할 수 있다.According to the auxiliary apparatus for live work of the power distribution equipment according to the present invention, as described above, by using the electric power of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of each of the wire support portion 540 , The height of the wire 30 caught in the wire support 540 can be automatically adjusted.
보다 구체적으로는, 제1액츄에이터(41)를 이용해 가완목부(510)와, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 1차로 이동시킬 수 있으며, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 전선지지부(540)를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 2차로 이동시킬 수 있다. 또한, 서브연장부(543)의 높이를 3차로 조정하는 것에 의해, 서브연장부(543)의 상부에 연결된 전선구속부(545)의 높이를 미세 조정하거나, 전선지지부(540)의 전체 길이를 신축 조정할 수 있다.More specifically, the first actuator 41 may be used to move the loose neck part 510 and the wire support part 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 to be closer to or separated from the wire 30. By using the second actuator 42, the wire support part 540 may be secondarily moved closer to or spaced from the wire 30. In addition, by adjusting the height of the sub extension part 543 in 3rd order, the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 is finely adjusted, or the overall length of the wire support part 540 is adjusted. You can adjust the stretch.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)로서 배전설비의 교체에 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구를 적용할 수 있어, 전선지지부(540)를 이동시키기 위한 별도의 전동장치를 구비할 필요 없이 작업자가 용이하게 작업을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, as the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or the like, which is generally used for replacing the power distribution equipment, can be applied. The operator can easily perform the work without having to provide a separate transmission for moving the.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 전선(30)의 무게를 지지하는 전선지지부(540)를 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해 상하로 이동시킬 수 있어, 도르래 등을 이용하여 인력에 의해 전선(30)을 상하로 이동시키는 번거로움 없이, 활선작업을 보다 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, the wire support portion 540 for supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, using a pulley or the like. Thus, without the hassle of moving the wire 30 up and down by the manpower, it is possible to perform the live work more smoothly.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530), 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 승강이동부(550)를 이용해 전선지지부(540) 또는 전선(30)을 일정한 속도로 이동시키면서 목적한 높이에 정확하게 위치시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, using the first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530, the second actuator 42 and the lifting movement unit 550 while moving the wire support 540 or the wire 30 at a constant speed It can be positioned exactly at the desired height.
이상 설명한 전선지지부(540)와 승강이동부(550)는, 신설전주(13)에 가장 근접하게 설치되는 제1전선지지부(540)와 제1승강이동부(550), 그리고 중앙에 설치되는 제2전선지지부(540)와 제2승강이동부(550)에 관한 내용이다.The wire support part 540 and the lifting movement part 550 demonstrated above are the 1st wire support part 540 and the 1st moving part 550 which are installed closest to the new pole 13, and the 2nd wire provided in the center. The content of the support part 540 and the second moving part 550 is described.
도 24는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 전선지지부 및 승강이동부를 개략적으로 도시한 사시도이고, 도 25는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 승강이동부의 작동을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 26은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 전선구속부에 전선을 끼우는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.24 is a perspective view schematically showing the wire support and the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 25 is a conceptual view illustrating the operation of the lifting movement unit according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 26 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of inserting an electric wire into a wire restraint unit according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 24 내지 도 26을 참조하면, 본 실시예에 따른 제3전선지지부(640)와 제3승강이동부(650)는 수평연장부(511)상에 설치된다(도 29 참조). 24 to 26, the third wire support part 640 and the third lifting movement part 650 according to the present embodiment are installed on the horizontal extension part 511 (see FIG. 29).
제3전선지지부(640)는 가완목부(510)에 설치된 상태로 신설전주(13)에 연결된 전선(30)을 이선받아 지지하는 부분이다. 제3전선지지부(640)는 연장부(641)와 전선구속부(645)를 포함한다.The third wire support part 640 is a part which receives and supports the wire 30 connected to the new pole 13 in a state installed in the wooden neck part 510. The third wire support part 640 includes an extension part 641 and a wire restraint part 645.
연장부(641)는 상하로 연장된 형상을 가지고 수평연장부(511)에 설치되며, 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 본 발명의 실시예에 따른 연장부(641)는 메인연장부(642), 서브연장부(643), 고정부(644)를 포함한다.The extension part 641 is installed in the horizontal extension part 511 and has a shape extending up and down, and is moved up and down by the third lifting movement part 650. The extension part 641 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a main extension part 642, a sub extension part 643, and a fixing part 644.
메인연장부(642)는 제3승강이동부(650)와 연결되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 구동되는 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 상하로 이동된다. 서브연장부(643)는 절연재질을 포함하여 이루어지며, 원통 형상의 메인연장부(642)의 내부에 하부가 삽입된 상태로 설치되고, 메인연장부(642)의 상부로 이동된다. 즉, 서브연장부(643)는 메인연장부(642)의 상부로 출몰가능하게 설치된다.The main extension portion 642 is connected to the third lift movement part 650 and is moved up and down by the third lift movement part 650 which is driven by receiving power from the second actuator 42. The sub extension part 643 includes an insulating material, is installed in a state where a lower part is inserted into the cylindrical main extension part 642, and moves to an upper part of the main extension part 642. That is, the sub extension part 643 is mounted to the upper part of the main extension part 642 so that it can be sunk.
고정부(644)는 상향 이동된 서브연장부(643)를 메인연장부(642)상에 고정시킨다. 고정부(644)로는 회전식 고정구, 서브연장부(643)와 메인연장부(642)를 관통하는 관통구 등을 적용할 수 있다.The fixing part 644 fixes the upwardly moved sub extension part 643 on the main extension part 642. As the fixing part 644, a rotary fixture, a through hole penetrating the sub extension part 643, and the main extension part 642 may be used.
고정부(644)로서 회전식 고정구를 적용 시, 고정부(644)를 일측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 메인연장부(642)에 고정시키고, 타측으로 돌리는 회전 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)와 메인연장부(642)의 결속을 해제할 수 있다. 고정부(644)를 구비하면, 서브연장부(643)를 원하는 높이로 이동시키고, 고정부(644)를 이용해 서브연장부(643)를 위치 고정시키는 과정을 통해 연장부(641)의 길이를 수동으로 조절할 수 있다.When the rotary fixture is applied as the fixing part 644, the sub-extending part 643 is fixed to the main extension part 642 by the rotating operation of turning the fixing part 644 to one side, and the sub-extension by the rotating operation turning to the other side. The binding of the extension part 643 and the main extension part 642 can be cancelled. When the fixing part 644 is provided, the length of the extension part 641 is moved by moving the sub extension part 643 to a desired height and fixing the sub extension part 643 by using the fixing part 644. You can adjust it manually.
또한, 별도의 고정부(644)를 구비하지 않고, 서브연장부(643)와 메인연장부(642)간의 연결부에 각각 암체결부와 수체결부를 형성하는 구조에 의해, 서브연장부(643)를 일측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(643)를 메인연장부(642)상에 상하로 이동불가능하게 고정시키고, 서브연장부(643)를 타측으로 회전시킴으로써 서브연장부(643)를 메인연장부(642)에 고정시킨 상태를 해제할 수도 있다.In addition, the sub extension part 643 is formed by a structure in which a female fastening part and a water fastening part are respectively formed in the connection part between the sub extension part 643 and the main extension part 642 without providing a separate fixing part 644. The sub extension part 643 is fixed to the main extension part 642 so as to be movable up and down on the main extension part 642 by rotating to one side, and the sub extension part 643 is rotated to the other side to rotate the sub extension part 643 to the main extension part 642. You can also release the state fixed at).
전선구속부(645)는 전선(30)이 걸리는 부분으로, 서브연장부(643)의 상부에 형성된다. 전선구속부(645)는 전선(30)이 제3전선지지부(640)에서 임의로 이탈되지 않게 구속한다. 본 실시예에서 전선구속부(645)는 브라켓부(646)와 잠금부(648)를 포함한다.The wire restraint part 645 is a part on which the electric wire 30 is caught, and is formed on the sub extension part 643. The wire restraint part 645 restrains the wire 30 from being randomly separated from the third wire support part 640. In the present embodiment, the wire restraint part 645 includes a bracket part 646 and a locking part 648.
브라켓부(646)는 연장부(641)와 연결되며, 전선(30)이 통과가능한 개방부(646a)가 형성된다. 잠금부(648)는 브라켓부(646)와 연결되며, 개방부(646a)를 개폐시킨다. 본 발명의 실시예에서 개방부(646a)는 브라켓부(646)의 상부에 형성되고, 잠금부(648)는 브라켓부(646)의 일단부에 회동가능하게 연결된다.The bracket part 646 is connected to the extension part 641, and an opening part 646a through which the electric wire 30 can pass is formed. The locking part 648 is connected to the bracket part 646 and opens and closes the opening part 646a. In the embodiment of the present invention, the opening portion 646a is formed on the upper portion of the bracket portion 646, and the locking portion 648 is rotatably connected to one end of the bracket portion 646.
잠금부(648)를 일측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(648)가 브라켓부(646)의 타단부에 걸리면서 개방부(646a)를 폐쇄한다(도 22 참조). 잠금부(648)를 타측으로 회동시키는 조작 시, 잠금부(648)가 브라켓부(646)의 타단부로부터 이격되면서 개방부(646a)를 개방시킨다(도 24 참조). 상기와 같이 잠금부(648)를 조작하는 것에 의해 개방부(646a)를 개폐시키면서 전선구속부(645)에 전선(30)을 끼워 구속하거나, 전선구속부(645)로부터 전선(30)을 분리할 수 있다.In the operation of rotating the locking portion 648 to one side, the locking portion 648 is closed to the other end of the bracket portion 646 while closing the opening portion 646a (see FIG. 22). During the operation of rotating the locking portion 648 to the other side, the locking portion 648 opens the opening portion 646a while being spaced apart from the other end of the bracket portion 646 (see FIG. 24). By operating the locking portion 648 as described above, while opening and closing the opening portion 646a, the electric wire 30 is inserted into the electric wire restraint 645 or the electric wire 30 is separated from the electric wire restraint 645. can do.
브라켓부(646)상에는 하부롤러(647)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치되고, 잠금부(648)상에는 상부롤러(649)가 정위치에서 회전가능하게 설치된다. 이에 따라, 전선(30)을 브라켓부(646)의 내부에 끼우고 잠금부(648)를 채운 상태에서, 전선(30)의 외면부는 하부롤러(647), 상부롤러(649)와 접하게 된다. 즉, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(645)에 끼워진 상태에서, 전선(30)은 전선구속부(645)와 구름접촉된 상태가 된다.On the bracket portion 646, the lower roller 647 is rotatably installed in the correct position, and the upper roller 649 is rotatably installed in the correct position on the locking portion 648. Accordingly, in the state where the electric wire 30 is inserted into the bracket portion 646 and the locking portion 648 is filled, the outer surface portion of the electric wire 30 comes into contact with the lower roller 647 and the upper roller 649. That is, in a state where the electric wire 30 is fitted to the electric wire restraint part 645, the electric wire 30 will be in a cloud contact state with the electric wire restraint part 645.
이에 따라, 배전 설비를 교체하는 과정에서 전선구속부(645)와 전선(30)간의 상대 변위 발생 시, 전선(30)이 전선구속부(645)로 인해 손상되는 것을 방지할 수 있고, 전선구속부(645)와 전선(30)이 상호 결속된 상태를 안정되게 유지하면서도 전선구속부(645) 또는 전선(30)의 이동이 원활하게 이루어질 수 있다.Accordingly, when a relative displacement between the wire restraint 645 and the wire 30 occurs in the process of replacing the power distribution equipment, the wire 30 may be prevented from being damaged by the wire restraint 645, and the wire restraint may be prevented. The wire restraint 645 or the wire 30 may be smoothly moved while maintaining the state in which the part 645 and the wire 30 are mutually bound.
제3승강이동부(650)는 제3전선지지부(640)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 제3승강이동부(650)는 제3전선지지부(640) 각각을 독립적으로 승강시킬 수 있도록 구비된다. 이에 따라, 제3승강이동부(650)는 제3전선지지부(640)의 개수에 비례하여 그 설치 개수가 결정된다. The third lifting movement part 650 moves the third wire support part 640 up and down. The third lifting unit 650 is provided to independently lift each of the third wire support units 640. Accordingly, the number of installation of the third elevating moving part 650 is determined in proportion to the number of the third wire supporting parts 640.
본 실시예에 따른 제3승강이동부(650)는 가완목설치부(651)와 구동부(653)를 포함한다.The third elevating moving part 650 according to the present embodiment includes a loose neck installing part 651 and a driving part 653.
가완목설치부(651)는 수평연장부(511)에 설치된다. 가완목설치부(651)는 클램프 구조를 가지고 아이볼트 및 아이너트 등의 체결부재에 의해 수평연장부(511)상에 착탈가능하게 결합된다. 가완목설치부(651)에는 제3전선지지부(640)의 상하 이동을 가이드하는 가이드부(652)가 형성되고, 가이드부(652)상에는 상하로 연장된 중공의 가이드홀부(652a)가 형성된다. 제3전선지지부(640)는 가이드홀부(652a)에 끼워진 상태로 제3승강이동부(650)의 작동에 연동하여 승강 이동된다.The temporary wooden installation unit 651 is installed in the horizontal extension unit 511. The armrest mounting portion 651 has a clamp structure and is detachably coupled to the horizontal extension portion 511 by a fastening member such as an eye bolt and an eye nut. A guide part 652 for guiding the up and down movement of the third wire support part 640 is formed in the loose neck installation part 651, and a hollow guide hole part 652a extending up and down is formed on the guide part 652. . The third wire support part 640 is moved up and down in conjunction with the operation of the third lifting and moving part 650 in a state of being fitted into the guide hole 652a.
구동부(653)는 가완목설치부(651)에 설치되며, 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 제3전선지지부(640)를 상하로 이동시킨다. 여기서, 제2액츄에이터(42)로는 배전설비를 교체하기 위한 작업 시 일반적으로 사용되는 전동드릴, 전동드라이버 등의 전동공구, 또는 모터 등의 구동장치를 적용할 수 있다. 본 실시예에 따른 구동부(653)는 동력전달부(654), 축통부(657), 벨트부(658)를 포함한다.The driving unit 653 is installed in the loose neck installation unit 651 and receives the power from the second actuator 42 to move the third wire support unit 640 up and down. Here, the second actuator 42 may be applied to a power tool such as a power drill, a power driver, or a driving device such as a motor that is generally used in the work for replacing the power distribution equipment. The drive part 653 according to the present embodiment includes a power transmission part 654, a shaft part 657, and a belt part 658.
동력전달부(654)는 제2액츄에이터(42)에 의해 회전 구동된다. 본 실시예에서 동력전달부(654)는 웜(655)과 웜휠(656)을 포함한다.The power transmission unit 654 is rotationally driven by the second actuator 42. In the present embodiment, the power transmission unit 654 includes a worm 655 and a worm wheel 656.
웜(655)의 단부에는 제2액츄에이터(42)와 맞물리는 동력유입부(655a)가 형성되어, 제2액츄에이터(42)로부터 회전력을 전달받는다. 웜휠(656)은 웜(655)과 치합되고, 축통부(657)와 동축상에 설치되며, 웜(655)에 연동하여 회전된다. 제2액츄에이터(42)로 전동공구를 적용 시, 웜(655)이 제2액츄에이터(42)의 회전에 연동하여 회전되며, 웜휠(656)은 웜(655)의 회전에 연동하여 감속 회전됨과 동시에 회전력이 증가된다.A power inlet 655a is formed at the end of the worm 655 to engage with the second actuator 42 to receive rotational force from the second actuator 42. The worm wheel 656 meshes with the worm 655, is installed coaxially with the shaft portion 657, and rotates in conjunction with the worm 655. When the power tool is applied to the second actuator 42, the worm 655 is rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the second actuator 42, and the worm wheel 656 is decelerated and rotated in conjunction with the rotation of the worm 655. Rotational force is increased.
상기와 같이 웜(655)과 웜휠(656)을 구비한 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 웜(655)측에서 웜휠(656)측으로만 회전 동력을 전달가능하고, 웜휠(656)측에서 웜(655)측으로는 회전 동력이 전달되지 못한다. 즉, 웜휠(656)에 회전력을 가하는 것에 의해서는 웜(655)의 회전이 이루어지지 못하고, 웜휠(656)의 회전 또한 이루어지지 못한다.According to the worm gear structure having the worm 655 and the worm wheel 656 as described above, the rotational power can be transmitted only from the worm 655 side to the worm wheel 656 side, and the worm wheel 656 side to the worm 655 side. Rotational power is not transmitted. That is, by applying rotational force to the worm wheel 656, the rotation of the worm 655 is not made, the rotation of the worm wheel 656 is also not made.
웜휠(656)은 축통부(657) 및 벨트부(658)에 의해 제3전선지지부(640)와 연결되는데, 상기와 같은 웜기어 구조에 의하면, 전선(30) 등의 하중으로 인해 제3전선지지부(640)가 하향 이동되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The worm wheel 656 is connected to the third wire support part 640 by the shaft part 657 and the belt part 658. According to the worm gear structure as described above, the third wire support part is caused by the load of the wire 30 or the like. 640 may be prevented from moving downward.
축통부(657)는 동력전달부(654)에 의해 일측 또는 타측으로 회전되면서 벨트부(658)를 감거나 풀어낸다. 축통부(657)는 벨트부(658)를 권취가능한 원주형상의 외면부를 구비하여 웜휠(656)과 동축상에 연결된다. The shaft portion 657 is rotated to one side or the other side by the power transmission unit 654 to wind or unwind the belt portion 658. The shaft portion 657 has a circumferential outer surface portion which can wind the belt portion 658 and is coaxially connected with the worm wheel 656.
벨트부(658)는 축통부(657)에 권취되며, 단부가 제3전선지지부(640)와 연결된다. 여기서, 벨트부(658)로는 납작한 직사각형 또는 선형의 단면 형상을 가지는 일반적인 벨트, 또는 와이어, 로프 등의 선형부재를 적용할 수 있다. 벨트부(658)의 단부는 걸고리 등의 결속 및 분리가능한 결합부재에 의해 연장부(641)와 연결된다.The belt portion 658 is wound around the shaft portion 657, and an end thereof is connected to the third wire support portion 640. Here, the belt 658 may be a general belt having a flat rectangular or linear cross-sectional shape, or a linear member such as a wire or a rope. An end portion of the belt portion 658 is connected to the extension portion 641 by a binding and detachable coupling member such as a hook.
제2액츄에이터(42)의 단부를 동력유입부(655a)에 맞물린 상태로 제2액츄에이터(42)를 일측으로 회전 구동시키면, 회전력이 동력전달부(654)를 통해 축통부(657)로 전달되어 축통부(657)가 일측으로 회전되며 벨트부(658)가 축통부(657)에 감김과 동시에 벨트부(658)의 단부와 연결된 제3전선지지부(640)가 상측으로 당겨 올려진다. 또한, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 타측으로 회전 구동시키면, 축통부(657)가 타측으로 회전되며 벨트부(658)가 풀어짐과 동시에 제3전선지지부(640)가 하측으로 내려간다.When the second actuator 42 is rotated to one side while the end of the second actuator 42 is engaged with the power inlet 655a, the rotational force is transmitted to the shaft portion 657 through the power transmission unit 654. The shaft portion 657 is rotated to one side, and the belt portion 658 is wound around the shaft portion 657 and the third wire support portion 640 connected to the end of the belt portion 658 is pulled upward. In addition, when the second actuator 42 is rotated to the other side, the shaft portion 657 is rotated to the other side, and the belt portion 658 is released, and the third wire support portion 640 is lowered.
회전부(660)는 구동부(653)가 가완목설치부(651)에 대해 회전 가능하도록 구동부(653)와 가완목설치부(651)를 연결한다. 구체적으로, 회전부(660)는 가이드부(652)를 구비되는 판재와 가완목설치부(651)를 연결한다. 회전부(660)는 제2액츄에이터(42)에서 동력을 전달받아 회전되면서, 회전부(660)의 일측에 연결되는 구동부(653)가 타측에 연결되는 가완목설치부(651)에 대해 회전되도록 한다. 회전부(660)는 웜(미도시)과 웜휠(미도시)을 포함하여 이루어질 수 있으며, 이 경우 제2액츄에이터(42)를 통해 동력이 전달되지 않는 이상 회전부(660)의 회전은 이루어지지 않게 된다. 따라서 전선(30) 등의 하중으로 인해 회전부(660)가 임의로 회전되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. The rotating unit 660 connects the driving unit 653 and the loose neck mounting unit 651 so that the driving unit 653 is rotatable with respect to the loose neck mounting unit 651. In detail, the rotating part 660 connects the plate member provided with the guide part 652 and the armrest installation part 651. The rotating unit 660 is rotated by receiving power from the second actuator 42, such that the driving unit 653 connected to one side of the rotating unit 660 is rotated with respect to the loose neck installation unit 651 connected to the other side. The rotating unit 660 may include a worm (not shown) and a worm wheel (not shown). In this case, the rotation of the rotating unit 660 is not performed unless power is transmitted through the second actuator 42. . Therefore, the rotation part 660 may be prevented from being arbitrarily rotated due to the load of the wire 30 or the like.
본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치에 의하면, 상기와 같이 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 제1, 2전선지지부(540) 전체의 높이 또는 서브연장부(543)의 높이를 자동으로 조절할 수 있고, 제3전선지지부(640) 전체의 높이 또는 서브연장부(643)의 높이, 그리고 가완목설치부(651)에 대한 구동부(653)의 회전량을 자동으로 조절할 수 있다.According to the auxiliary apparatus for live work of power distribution equipment according to the present invention, as described above, the height of the entire first or second wire support part 540 or the height of the sub extension part 543 can be automatically adjusted using the second actuator 42. The height of the entire third wire support part 640 or the height of the sub extension part 643 and the amount of rotation of the drive part 653 relative to the loose neck installation part 651 may be automatically adjusted.
보다 구체적으로는, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 제1, 2전선지지부(540) 전체를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 1차로 이동시킬 수 있으며, 서브연장부(543)의 높이를 2차로 조정하는 것에 의해, 서브연장부(543)의 상부에 연결된 전선구속부(545)의 높이를 미세 조정하거나, 제1, 2전선지지부(540)의 전체 길이를 신축 조정할 수 있다. 또한, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 제3전선지지부(640) 전체를 전선(30)에 보다 근접하거나 이격되게 1차로 이동시킬 수 있으며, 서브연장부(643)의 높이를 2차로 조정하는 것에 의해, 서브연장부(643)의 상부에 연결된 전선구속부(645)의 높이를 미세 조정하거나, 제3전선지지부(640)의 전체 길이를 신축 조정할 수 있으며, 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 가완목설치부(651)에 대한 구동부(653)의 회전량을 세밀하게 조정할 수 있다. 이를 통해 신설전주(13)와 전선(30)간의 이격 거리를 조정할 수 있다. More specifically, the entirety of the first and second wire support parts 540 may be primarily moved closer to or separated from the wire 30 by using the second actuator 42, and the height of the sub extension part 543 may be increased. By adjusting secondly, the height of the wire restraint part 545 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 543 can be finely adjusted, and the whole length of the 1st, 2nd wire support part 540 can be expanded and adjusted. In addition, by using the second actuator 42, the entire third wire support portion 640 may be moved to the primary to be closer to or separated from the wire 30, and to adjust the height of the sub extension portion 643 to the secondary. As a result, the height of the wire restraint part 645 connected to the upper part of the sub extension part 643 may be finely adjusted, or the entire length of the third wire support part 640 may be stretched and adjusted, and the second actuator 42 may be used. The amount of rotation of the drive part 653 with respect to the hardwood installation part 651 can be adjusted finely. Through this, it is possible to adjust the separation distance between the new pole 13 and the wire (30).
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제2액츄에이터(42)로서 배전설비의 교체에 일반적으로 사용되는 전동공구를 적용함으로써, 제1, 2전선지지부(540)의 상부에 형성되는 전선구속부(545)의 높이를 인력이 아닌 전동력을 이용해 자동으로 조절할 수 있으며, 제3전선지지부(640)의 상부에 형성되는 전선구속부(645)의 높이, 구동부(653)의 회전량을 인력이 아닌 전동력을 이용해 자동으로 조절할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, by applying the power tool generally used for replacement of the power distribution equipment as the second actuator 42, the wire restraint portion 545 formed on the upper portion of the first, second wire support portion 540 The height can be automatically adjusted using the electric force, not the attraction force, the height of the wire restraint 645 formed on the upper portion of the third wire support 640, the amount of rotation of the drive unit 653 using the automatic force rather than the attraction force Can be adjusted.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 전선(30)의 무게를 지지하는 제1, 2전선지지부(540)를 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해 상하로 이동시킬 수 있어, 도르래 등을 이용하여 인력에 의해 전선(30)을 상하로 이동시키는 번거로움 없이 활선작업을 보다 원활하게 수행할 수 있으며, 전선(30)의 무게를 지지하는 제3전선지지부(640)를 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해 상하로 이동시킬 수 있어, 도르래 등을 이용하여 인력에 의해 전선(30)을 상하로 이동시키는 번거로움 없이 활선작업을 보다 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.Further, according to the present invention, the first and second wire support parts 540 supporting the weight of the wire 30 can be moved up and down by using the electric force of the second actuator 42, and the pulley or the like can be used to attract the manpower. By doing this, it is possible to more smoothly perform the live work without the hassle of moving the wire 30 up and down, and the third wire support portion 640 supporting the weight of the wire 30 is applied to the electric force of the second actuator 42. It can be moved up and down by using, it is possible to more smoothly perform live work without the hassle of moving the wire 30 up and down by the manpower using a pulley or the like.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제1, 2승강이동부(550)를 이용해 제1, 2전선지지부(540) 또는 전선(30)을 일정한 속도로 이동시키면서 목적한 높이에 정확하게 위치시킬 수 있으며, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제3승강이동부(650)를 이용해 제3전선지지부(640) 또는 전선(30)을 일정한 속도로 이동시키면서 목적한 높이에 정확하게 위치시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, by using the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting portions 550, the first and second wire support portions 540 or the wire 30 are moved at a constant speed and precisely at a desired height. The second actuator 42 and the third movable member 650 may be positioned to accurately position the third wire support 640 or the wire 30 at a desired speed while moving at a constant speed.
다음으로, 상기와 같은 구성을 가지는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용해 전주를 신설하는 본 발명에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 대해 설명하기로 한다. Next, a description will be made of the distribution facility live work method according to the present invention to establish a pole by using the auxiliary equipment for power distribution work live work according to the second embodiment of the present invention having the configuration as described above.
도 27은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법을 설명하고자 도시한 순서도이다.FIG. 27 is a flowchart illustrating a method for live wiring of a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 27을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법은 기설전주(10)의 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 설치하는 단계(S101)와, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계(S102)와, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)와, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(640)로 이선하는 단계(S104)와, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동 및 일방향 회전시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S106)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)와, 신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S108)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S110)와, 제3전선지지부(640)를 타방향 회전 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S111)와, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(640)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S112)와, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S113)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 27, in the power distribution facility live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the newly installed pole 13 is installed on a line of the wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 (S101). ), And fixing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13 (S102), and moving the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 upward toward the wire 30 (S103). Next, the wire 30 is transferred to the third wire support part 640 (S104), and the third wire support part 640 moves upward and rotates in one direction to install the wire 30 by the pin long column 23. Positioning the wire above the height (S105), transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support part 540 (S106), and moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward. Positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin length column 23 (S107), and installing the pin length column 23 to the new pole 13 (S108), and the first / second Pin supporter 540 side of the wire support portion 540 Moving the wires downward (S109), and transferring the wires 30 from the first / second wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin holder 23 (S110), and the third wire support part. Step (S111) of moving the 640 in the other direction and moving downward to the pin length column (23), and the wire 30 from the third wire support portion 640 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin length column (23) Transferring step (S112), and step (S113) of removing the wooden part 510 from the new pole (13).
도 28은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 29는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 30은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전선측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 31은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 32는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 상향 이동 및 일방향 회전시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 33은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 34는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 35는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 28 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a new pole on a line of an electric wire formed between existing poles in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 29 is a view of the present invention. Conceptual diagram illustrating a process of fixing the wooden neck to the new pole in the distribution equipment live work method according to the second embodiment, Figure 30 is a third wire in the live work installation method according to the second embodiment of the present invention 3 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of moving a support part upward to a wire side, and FIG. 31 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of transferring a wire to a third wire support part in a live wire work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating a plan in which wires are installed to be pinned by moving the third wire support part upward and rotating in one direction in a live wire distribution system live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 33 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a process of positioning the upper side, and FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating a process of transferring a wire to a first / second wire support part in a live wire distribution work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 34 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of placing an electric wire above a predetermined height of a pin holder by moving a first / second wire support part upward in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 35 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of installing a pin pole in a newly installed pole in a distribution facility live work method according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 36은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제1/제2전선지지부를 핀장주측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 37은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제1/제2전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 38은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 제3전선지지부를 전주 방향 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주측으로 접근시키는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이고, 도 39는 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 전선을 제3전선지지부에서 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이며, 도 40은 본 발명의 제2실시예에 따른 배전설비 활선작업 방법에서 가완목부를 신설전주에서 철거하는 과정을 설명하고자 도시한 개념도이다.FIG. 36 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of moving the first / second wire support part downward to the pin long side in the distribution facility live work method according to the second embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 37 is a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 38 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring a wire from a first / second wire support unit to a pin insulator LP insulator in a live wire work method according to an example, and FIG. 38 is a power distribution facility according to a second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 39 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of approaching the third wire support part toward the pin head circumference by moving in the circumferential direction and downward in the live work method, and FIG. 39 is a view illustrating a wire in the live work method of the distribution facility according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 3 is a conceptual view illustrating a process of transferring to the pin insulator LP insulator in the wire support unit, Figure 40 is a new wood pole in the new wood pole in the live-work method of power distribution equipment according to a second embodiment of the present invention The conceptual diagram is shown to explain the process of demolition.
도 28을 참조하면, 기설전주(10)의 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 설치하는 단계(S101)는, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 형성되는 전선(30)의 선로상에 신설전주(13)를 직립되게 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 28, the step S101 of installing the new pole 13 on the line of the electric wire 30 formed between the existing poles 10 is formed between the pair of the existing poles 10. It is made through the process of installing the new pole 13 upright on the track of the electric wire (30).
도 29를 참조하면, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계(S102)는, 가완목고정부(520)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키고, 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)에 고정시키며, 승강부(530)와 가완목부(510)를 연결하고, 기설LP애자(22)에 위치에 대응되도록 가완목부(510)상에 승강이동부(550, 650)와 전선지지부(540, 540)를 고정시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 29, in the step S102 of fixing the loose neck part 510 to the new pole 13, the fixed neck fixing part 520 is fixed to the new pole 13, and the lifting unit 530 is loosely tied. It is fixed to the government 520, connecting the lifting unit 530 and the loose neck portion 510, the elevating moving portion 550, 650 and the wire on the loose neck portion 510 to correspond to the position of the existing LP insulator 22 It is made through the process of fixing the support (540, 540).
한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)은 도 27에 도시된 바와 같이 아래로 처진 형상을 가지므로, 전선(30)은 신설전주(13)상에서 핀장주(23)가 설치될 위치보다 아래에 위치하게 된다. 가완목부(510)는 그 보다 아래에, 즉 전선(30) 보다 아래에 그 설치가 이루어진다. 즉, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 설치함에 있어서는 전선지지부(540, 540)가 전선(30)의 아래에 위치되게 그 설치가 이루어진다.Since the wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10 has a drooping shape as shown in FIG. 27, the wire 30 is installed by the pin pole 23 on the new pole 13. It will be below the location to be. The loose neck portion 510 is installed below it, that is, below the wire 30. That is, in installing the loose neck portion 510 to the new pole 13, the installation is made so that the wire support (540, 540) is located below the wire (30).
여기서, 가완목부(510)를 승강부(530)와 연결함에 있어서는, 먼저 수직연장부(513)를 승강부(530)에 설치하고, 수직연장부(513)의 상부에 수평연장부(511)를 연결한 후, 수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 지지부(515)를 설치하는 순서로 이루어진다.Here, in connecting the loose neck portion 510 with the lifting portion 530, first, the vertical extension portion 513 is installed on the lifting portion 530, the horizontal extension portion 511 on the upper portion of the vertical extension portion 513. After the connection, it is made in the order of installing the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513.
수평연장부(511)와 수직연장부(513)의 사이에 지지부(515)를 설치하는 것은, 링크부재(516)를 수평연장부(511)상에 설치한 후, 지지부(515)의 상부를 링크부재(516)에 회동가능하게 연결하고, 지지부(515)의 하부를 수직연장부(513)의 하부에 마련된 아이볼트 등의 체결부재상에 착탈가능하게 결합시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.The provision of the support portion 515 between the horizontal extension portion 511 and the vertical extension portion 513 is provided after the link member 516 is installed on the horizontal extension portion 511, and then the upper portion of the support portion 515 is removed. Rotatingly connected to the link member 516, the lower portion of the support portion 515 is made through a process of detachably coupled on a fastening member such as an eye bolt provided in the lower portion of the vertical extension portion 513.
승강이동부(550, 650)와 전선지지부(540, 540)를 가완목부(510)상에 고정시키는 것은, 승강이동부(550, 650)를 먼저 가완목부(510)상에 고정시킨 후, 승강이동부(550, 650)상에 전선지지부(540, 540)를 결합시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 또한, 승강이동부(550, 650)상에 전선지지부(540, 540)를 결합시킨 후, 승강이동부(550, 650)를 가완목부(510)상에 고정시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.The lifting moving parts 550 and 650 and the wire support parts 540 and 540 are fixed on the loose neck part 510 by first fixing the lifting moving parts 550 and 650 on the loose neck part 510 and then lifting and lowering parts (510). Through the process of coupling the wire support (540, 540) on the 550, 650. In addition, after coupling the wire support parts 540 and 540 on the lifting members 550 and 650, the lifting members 550 and 650 may be fixed through the loose neck part 510.
도 30을 참조하면, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 30, in the step S103 of moving the third wire support part 640 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward to the wire 30 side, the operator moves the sub extension part 643 by a manual operation. 30) is made through the process of moving upward.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only through the process of moving up the loose neck portion 510, or upward movement of the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650. It can also be done only through the process.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The upward movement of the loose neck portion 510, and the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650 to move upward. It may be made through a combination.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through the process of moving the armrest 510 up by the) and the process of moving the sub-extension (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the second actuator 42 and the third lifting member according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Combining the third wire support portion 640 installed on the loose neck portion 510 upward by 650, and the process of moving the sub extension portion 643 upward to the wire 30 side by a manual operation. It can also be done through.
또한, 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S103) of moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the loose neck part 510 upward toward the wire 30 side, the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. A process of upwardly moving the arm neck 510 by a second step, and a process of upwardly moving the third wire support part 640 installed in the arm neck 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and lowering part 650. And, the operator may be made through the process of moving up the sub-extension (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation in combination.
본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 또는 하향 이동시킨다는 것은, 메인연장부(642)를 이동시키는 것에 의해 메인연장부(642)와 서브연장부(643)를 포함하는 제3전선지지부(640) 전체를 이동시키거나, 제3전선지지부(640)의 상부에 형성된 서브연장부(643)만을 이동시키는 실시예를 포함하여, 제3전선지지부(640) 중 전선(30)과 연결되는 전선구속부(645)가 형성된 부분, 즉 제3전선지지부(640)의 상부의 높이를 상향 또는 하향 조정하는 것을 통합하여 의미한다.In the description of the present invention, moving the third wire support part 640 upward or downward means that the third wire including the main extension part 642 and the sub extension part 643 by moving the main extension part 642. Connecting to the wire 30 of the third wire support portion 640, including an embodiment that moves the entire support portion 640, or only the sub-extension portion 643 formed on the top of the third wire support portion 640. This means that the wire binding portion 645 is formed, that is, by adjusting the height of the upper portion of the upper portion of the third wire support 640 up or down.
즉, 본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(640)를 이동시킨다는 것은, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 제3전선지지부(640) 전체를 이동시키는 실시예는 물론, 제3전선지지부(640) 중 서브연장부(643)만을 이동시키는 실시예, 제3전선지지부(640) 전체를 이동시키는 과정과 서브연장부(643)를 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거치는 실시예 모두를 포함한다.That is, in the description of the present invention, the movement of the third wire support 640 is, of course, an embodiment of moving the entire third wire support 640 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifter 650. , An embodiment in which only the sub extension part 643 is moved among the third wire support part 640, and an embodiment in which the entire movement of the third wire support part 640 is moved and the process of moving the sub extension part 643 are combined. Includes everything.
따라서, 본 발명의 설명에서 제3전선지지부(640)를 이동시킨다는 것은, 제3전선지지부(640) 전체를 이동시키는 것과, 서브연장부(643)를 이동시키는 것을 개별적으로 언급하지 않아도, 상기 세가지 실시예들 중 어느 하나를 적용하는 것을 의미한다.Therefore, in the description of the present invention, the movement of the third wire support part 640 means that the movement of the entire third wire support part 640 and the movement of the sub extension part 643 are not mentioned separately. It means applying any one of the embodiments.
브라켓부(646)의 상부에 형성된 개방부(646a)를 개방시킨 상태로 가완목부(510) 또는 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)를 수행하면, 제3전선지지부(640)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 단계(S103)가 완료된 시점에서 전선(30)은 개방부(646a)를 통해 브라켓부(646)의 내부로 유입된 상태가 된다.In step S103, the movable neck part 510 or the third wire support part 640 is moved upward toward the wire 30 in the state in which the opening part 646a formed on the bracket part 646 is opened. When the step (S103) of moving the three wire support part 640 upward toward the wire 30 is completed, the wire 30 is introduced into the bracket part 646 through the opening part 646a.
도 31을 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(640)로 이선하는 단계(S104)는, 개방부(646a)를 통해 전선(30)이 유입된 상태의 브라켓부(646)에 잠금부(648)를 채우는 조작, 즉 잠금부(648)로 개방부(646a)를 폐쇄하는 조작에 의해 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 31, the step S104 of transferring the wire 30 to the third wire support part 640 may be locked to the bracket part 646 in which the wire 30 is introduced through the opening part 646a. The operation of filling the portion 648, that is, the operation of closing the opening 646a with the locking portion 648.
제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105)는, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 작업 공간을 확보하는 과정이다.Moving the third wire support portion 640 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction (S105) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin length column (23), pin length column on the new pole 13 This is a process of securing a working space for installing (23).
도 32를 참조하면, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동 및 일방향 회전시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105)에서, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 32, when the third wire support part 640 is moved upward and rotated in one direction, in step S105, the wire 30 is positioned above the installation height of the pin holder 23, the third wire support part ( The operation of moving the 640 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lift 530, and by the second actuator 42 and the third lift 650. The third wire support part 640 is moved through the process of moving upward.
제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 제3전선지지부(640)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.The operation of moving the third wire support part 640 upward only performs a process of moving the armrest part 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working condition or the convenience of the operator, or the second Only the process of moving the third wire support part 640 by the actuator 42 and the third lifter 650 is performed, or the operator moves the sub extension part 643 upward to the wire 30 side by manual operation. It can be done only through the process.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is to move the armrest 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience, The sub extension part 643 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is a third wire support portion installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. It may be made through a combination of moving the 640 up and the process of moving the sub-extension portion (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 것, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 upward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and the second The upward movement of the third wire support part 640 installed in the armrest neck part 510 by the actuator 42 and the 3rd moving part 650, and the operator carries out the sub extension part 643 by the electric wire 30 by manual operation. It may be made through a process of moving upward to the side).
한편, 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 및 전주 이격방향으로 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105)에서 전선(30)을 상향 이동시키는 거리는, 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이가 일정하다는 가정하에서, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)의 처진 정도, 즉 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계에서 가완목부(510)를 설치한 높이에 따라 달라진다. 특히, 서브연장부(643)는 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 예측함에 있어서 오차가 있거나, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(642)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리가 전선(30)의 상향 이동 거리보다 짧을 경우에 유용하게 사용할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 1m 로 예측하고, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(642)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리 또한 1m로 셋팅된 경우, 실제 전선(30)의 처짐 정도가 1.5m라도 작업자는 서브연장부(643)를 0.5m 더 상향 이동시키는 것에 의해 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계를 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.On the other hand, by moving the third wire support portion 640 in the upward and pole spaced apart direction to move the wire 30 in the step (S105) to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23 (S105) The distance is a sag of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of existing poles 10, that is, the loosened wood part 510 on the new pole 13 on the assumption that the installation length of the pin length column 23 is constant. In the step of fixing depends on the height of the installation of the neck 510. In particular, the sub extension part 643 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 642 is added. It may be useful when the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance. For example, when the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30 to 1m, and the moving distance as much as the maximum moving distance of the loose wood part 510 and the main extension part 642 is also set to 1m, Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 643 further upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동 및 일방향 회전시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105)에서, 제3전선지지부(640)를 신설전주(13)와 이격되도록 일방향(도 32 기준 시계 방향)으로 회전시키는 작동은 작업자가 제2액츄에이터(42)를 통해 회전부(660)에 동력을 전달하여 회전부(660)를 회전시키고, 이에 따라 회전부(660)의 일측에 연결되는 구동부(653)가 타측에 연결되는 가완목설치부(651)에 대해 회전되면서 이루어진다. 이때 가완목설치부(651)는 수평연장부(511)에 고정 설치되므로, 회전부(660)의 회전 시 구동부(653)는 회전부(660)의 회전량만큼 신설전주(13)에서 이격되는 방향으로 회전된다. 구동부(653)의 회전에 의해 제3전선지지부(640)가 원하는 지점에 다다르면 작업자는 제2액츄에이터(42)를 통한 동력 전달을 중지하여 회전부(660)가 회전되지 않게 한다. 이로써 제3전선지지부(640)는 원하는 지점에 도달된 후에 임의로 회전되지 않게 된다. In the step S105 of moving the third wire support part 640 upward and rotating in one direction to place the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, the third wire support part 640 may be newly installed. The operation of rotating in one direction (clockwise reference to FIG. 32) to be spaced apart from 13) causes the operator to transmit power to the rotating part 660 through the second actuator 42 to rotate the rotating part 660, thereby rotating the rotating part 660. Driving part 653 connected to one side of the) is made while rotating relative to the armrest mounting portion 651 connected to the other side. At this time, since the loose wood mounting portion 651 is fixedly installed in the horizontal extension portion 511, when the rotation portion 660 rotates, the driving portion 653 is spaced apart from the new pole 13 by the amount of rotation of the rotation portion 660. Is rotated. When the third wire support part 640 reaches a desired point by the rotation of the driver 653, the operator stops power transmission through the second actuator 42 so that the rotation part 660 does not rotate. As a result, the third wire support part 640 does not rotate arbitrarily after reaching the desired point.
도 33을 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S106)는, 개방부(546a)를 통해 전선(30)이 유입된 상태의 브라켓부(546)에 잠금부(548)를 채우는 조작, 즉 잠금부(548)로 개방부(546a)를 폐쇄하는 조작에 의해 이루어진다. 한편, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)는 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S106) 이전에 가완목부(510)에 설치되면 작업 순서상 문제되지 않는다. 따라서 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 가완목부(510)에 설치하는 시점은 조정될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 33, the step S106 of transferring the electric wire 30 to the first / second electric wire support 540 may include a bracket 546 in which the electric wire 30 is introduced through the opening 546a. ) By filling the locking portion 548, that is, by closing the opening 546a with the locking portion 548. On the other hand, if the first / second wire support portion 540 is installed in the wooden member 510 before the step (S106) of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support portion 540 is not a problem in the work order. Do not. Therefore, the timing of installing the first and second wire support parts 540 on the loose neck part 510 may be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 작업 공간을 확보하는 과정이다.The step S107 of moving the first and second wire support parts 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above a predetermined height of the pin long column 23 is performed on the newly formed pole 13. It is a process to secure a working space for installing).
도 34를 참조하면, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 34, the step S107 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward to position the wire 30 above a predetermined height of the pin holder 23 is performed by the first actuator 41. ) And the movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the elevating portion 530 and the first / second wire support portion 540 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second elevating movement portions 550. It goes through a process of moving upward.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 제2액츄에이터(42)와 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 이동시키는 과정만을 수행하거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In step S107, the first and second wire support parts 540 are moved upwards to position the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only the movement of the armrest 510 by the 41 and the elevating part 530 is performed, or the first / second wire support by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550. Only the process of moving 540 may be performed, or a worker may be made only through a process of moving the sub-extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S107) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator 1, the actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 is moved upwardly by moving the armrest 510, and the operator manually moves the sub extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by a manual operation It may be done.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S107) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator The second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 move the first and second wire support parts 540 installed on the loose neck part 510 upward, and the operator extends the sub extension part by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving the (543) up to the wire 30 side in combination.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S107) of moving the first / second wire support portion 540 upward and positioning the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin long column 23, according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator The movable neck portion 510 is moved upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530, and the movable neck portion 510 is installed by the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting movement portion 550. The first and second wire support parts 540 may be moved upward, and a worker may move the sub extension part 543 upwardly to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
한편, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)에서 전선(30)을 상향 이동시키는 거리는, 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이가 일정하다는 가정하에서, 한 쌍의 기설전주(10) 사이에 위치되는 전선(30)의 처진 정도, 즉 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에 고정시키는 단계에서 가완목부(510)를 설치한 높이에 따라 달라진다. 특히, 서브연장부(543)는 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 예측함에 있어서 오차가 있거나, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리가 전선(30)의 상향 이동 거리보다 짧을 경우에 유용하게 사용할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 작업자가 전선(30)의 처짐 정도를 1m 로 예측하고, 가완목부(510)와 메인연장부(542)의 최대 상향 이동 거리를 합한 만큼의 가동 거리 또한 1m로 셋팅된 경우, 실제 전선(30)의 처짐 정도가 1.5m라도 작업자는 서브연장부(543)를 0.5m 더 상향 이동시키는 것에 의해 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계를 원활하게 수행할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the distance for moving the wire 30 upward in the step S107 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 upward and placing the wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23 is, Under the assumption that the pinned column 23 has a predetermined projected height, the degree of sagging of the electric wire 30 positioned between the pair of the existing poles 10, that is, the fixed wood part 510 is fixed to the newly placed poles 13. Depending on the height of the installation of the armrests 510 in the step. In particular, the sub extension part 543 has an error in the operator predicting the degree of deflection of the electric wire 30, or the movable distance as much as the sum of the maximum upward movement distances of the loose neck part 510 and the main extension part 542 is added. It may be useful when the wire 30 is shorter than the upward movement distance. For example, when the operator predicts the degree of deflection of the wire 30 to 1m, and the movable distance of the maximum upward movement distance of the loose neck portion 510 and the main extension portion 542 is also set to 1m, the actual Even if the deflection degree of the electric wire 30 is 1.5 m, the operator smoothly moves the sub extension part 543 upward by 0.5 m to position the electric wire 30 above the installation height of the pin holder 23. Can be done.
전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)로 이선하는 단계(S106)와, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S107)는, 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)과 상향 이동 작업(S107)이 모두 완료된 후에 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)과 상향 이동 작업(S107)이 진행될 수 있고, 반대로 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)과 상향 이동 작업(S107)이 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)과 상향 이동 작업(S107)이 진행될 수 있다. 또한 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 상향 이동 작업(S107)이 진행될 수도 있다. 이와 같이 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S106)과 상향 이동 작업(S107)은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 그 순서가 조정될 수 있다.Step S106 of transferring the wire 30 to the first / second wire support 540 and moving the first / second wire support 540 upward to install the pin length column 23. Positioning the position above the predetermined height (S107), after the completion of the transfer operation (S106) and the upward movement (S107) for the first wire support (540) (2107) for the second wire support (540) S106) and the upward movement operation (S107) may proceed, on the contrary, after the relocation operation (S106) and the upward movement operation (S107) for the second wire support portion (540) is completed, the relocation operation for the first wire support portion (540). The operation S106 and the upward movement S107 may be performed. In addition, the upward movement operation (S107) for the first wire support portion 540 and the second wire support portion 540 after all of the two wire operation (S106) for the first wire support portion 540 and the second wire support portion 540 is completed. This may proceed. As such, the order of the wire transfer operation S106 and the upward movement operation S107 for the first / second wire support 540 may be adjusted according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator.
도 35를 참조하면, 신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S108)는, 전선지지부(540, 640)를 상향 이동시켜 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계(S105, S107)를 통해 확보된 작업 공간을 활용해, 핀완철(24)과 복수개의 LP애자(25)를 포함하는 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 35, in the step S108 of installing the pin length column 23 in the newly formed pole 13, the wire support portions 540 and 640 are moved upward to install the wire length 30 in the pin length column 23. By utilizing the working space secured through the step (S105, S107) positioned above the height, the pin holder column 24 and the pin length column 23 including a plurality of LP insulator 25 is made through the process of installing .
신설전주(13)에 핀장주(23)를 설치하는 단계(S108)는, 먼저 핀완철(24)을 신설전주(13)에 설치한 후, 복수개의 LP애자(25)를 핀완철(24)에 설치하는 과정을 거치거나, 복수개의 LP애자(25)가 설치된 상태의 핀완철(24)을 신설전주(13)에 설치하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수 있다.In the step S108 of installing the pin length column 23 to the new pole 13, first, the pintle iron 24 is installed to the new pole 13, and then the plurality of LP insulators 25 are pinned iron 24. Through the installation process, or a plurality of LP insulator 25 is installed through the process of installing the pinned iron 24 in the new pole (13).
도 36을 참조하면, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)를 이용해 가완목부(510)를 자동 및 원격으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 36, in the step S109 of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23, the first actuator 41 and the first actuator 41 may be spaced apart from the wire 30. Using the elevating unit 530 is made through the process of moving the armrests 510 automatically and remotely downward.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(43) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, in the step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23, the second actuator 43 and the first / second lifting moving part according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Only through the process of moving the movable neck portion 510 upward by the 550, or by the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 to the wire 30 side by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be achieved through a complex process of moving.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The movable neck portion 510 may be moved upward, and a worker may move through the process of moving the sub extension part 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, in the step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23, the second actuator 42 and the first / second lifting member according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support portion 540 installed in the loose neck portion 510 is moved upward by 550, and the operator moves the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 side by manual operation. It may be made through a combination.
또한, 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)는, 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제1/제2승강이동부(550)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(543)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S109) of moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 is performed by the first actuator 41 and the lifting part 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. The first and second wire support parts 540 installed in the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 42 and the first and second lifting and moving parts 550 are upwardly moved. It may be made through a combination of the process of moving and the process of moving the sub-extension portion 543 upward toward the wire 30 by manual operation.
도 37을 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S110)는, 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 밀착시킨 상태로 바인더하여 결속시킨 후, 전선(30)과 제1/제2전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 여기서 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 바인더한다는 것은, 피복된 와이어, 테이프, 클립 등의 바인더부재를 이용해 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 고정시키는 것을 의미한다.Referring to FIG. 37, the step S110 of transferring the electric wire 30 from the first / second electric wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin holder 23, the wire 30 is connected to the LP insulator ( After binding to the binder in a state of being in close contact with 25), the wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 are released. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
전선(30)과 제1/제2전선지지부(540)의 결속을 해제하는 것은, 잠금부(548)를 회동 조작하여 개방부(546a)를 개방시키고, 개방부(546a)를 통해 브라켓부(546)의 외부로 전선(30)을 빼내는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the first / second wire support part 540 rotates the locking part 548 to open the opening part 546a, and through the opening part 546a, the bracket part ( The wire 30 is pulled out of the 546.
제1/제2전선지지부(540)를 핀장주(23)측으로 하향 이동시키는 단계(S109)와, 전선(30)을 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에서 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S110)는, 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)과 이선 작업(S110)이 모두 완료된 후에 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)과 이선 작업(S110)이 진행될 수 있고, 반대로 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)과 이선 작업(S110)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)과 이선 작업(S110)이 진행될 수 있다. 또한 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)이 모두 완료된 후에 제1전선지지부(540)와 제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 이선 작업(S110)이 진행될 수도 있다. 이와 같이 제1/제2전선지지부(540)에 대한 하향 이동 작업(S109)과 이선 작업(S110)은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 그 순서가 조정될 수 있다.Moving the first / second wire support part 540 downward toward the pin length column 23 (S109), and transferring the electric wire 30 from the first / second wire support part 540 to the LP insulator 25; In step S110, after both the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation S110 for the first wire support unit 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation for the second wire support unit 540 are completed. S110 may proceed, and conversely, after both the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation operation S110 for the second wire support portion 540 are completed, the downward movement operation S109 and the relocation for the first wire support portion 540 are completed. Operation S110 may proceed. In addition, after all of the downward movement operation (S109) for the first wire support portion 540 and the second wire support portion 540 is completed, the wire transfer operation for the first wire support portion 540 and the second wire support portion 540 (S110). This may proceed. As such, the order of the downward movement operation S109 and the displacement operation S110 for the first / second wire support 540 may be adjusted according to working conditions or convenience of an operator.
도 38을 참조하면, 제3전선지지부(640)를 타방향 회전 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S111)에서, 제3전선지지부(640)를 신설전주(13)에 근접되도록 타방향(도 37 기준 반시계 방향)으로 회전시키는 작동은 작업자가 제2액츄에이터(42)를 통해 회전부(660)에 동력을 전달하여 회전부(660)를 회전시키고, 이에 따라 회전부(660)의 일측에 연결되는 구동부(653)가 타측에 연결되는 가완목설치부(651)에 대해 회전되면서 이루어진다. 이때 가완목설치부(651)는 수평연장부(511)에 고정 설치되므로, 회전부(660)의 회전 시 구동부(653)는 회전부(660)의 회전량만큼 신설전주(13)에 근접되는 방향으로 회전된다. 구동부(653)의 회전에 의해 제3전선지지부(640)가 원하는 지점에 다다르면 작업자는 제2액츄에이터(42)를 통한 동력 전달을 중지하여 회전부(660)가 회전되지 않게 한다. 이로써 제3전선지지부(640)는 원하는 지점에 도달된 후에 임의로 회전되지 않게 된다.Referring to FIG. 38, in the step S111 of moving the third wire support part 640 in the other direction and moving downward to approach the pin length column 23, the third wire support part 640 is close to the new pole 13. The operation of rotating in the other direction as much as possible (counterclockwise based on FIG. 37) causes the operator to transmit power to the rotating unit 660 through the second actuator 42 to rotate the rotating unit 660, and thus, the rotation of the rotating unit 660. The driving unit 653 connected to one side is made while rotating relative to the loose neck installation unit 651 connected to the other side. At this time, since the loose wood mounting portion 651 is fixedly installed in the horizontal extension portion 511, the drive unit 653 during the rotation of the rotary unit 660 in the direction close to the new pole 13 by the amount of rotation of the rotary unit 660. Is rotated. When the third wire support part 640 reaches a desired point by the rotation of the driver 653, the operator stops power transmission through the second actuator 42 so that the rotation part 660 does not rotate. As a result, the third wire support part 640 does not rotate arbitrarily after reaching the desired point.
제3전선지지부(640)를 타방향 회전 및 하향 이동시켜 핀장주(23)측으로 접근시키는 단계(S111)에서, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 제1액츄에이터(41)와 승강부(530)를 이용해 가완목부(510)를 자동 및 원격으로 하향 이동시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.In step S111, in which the third wire support part 640 is rotated and moved downward in the other direction to approach the pin head column 23, the operation of moving the third wire support part 640 downward is performed by a worker spaced apart from the wire 30. The first actuator 41 and the lifting unit 530 in the position is made through the process of automatically and remotely moving the neck portion 510 downward.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(43) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정만을 거치거나, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 하향 이동시키는 과정만을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support part 640 downward is only a process of moving up the loose neck part 510 by the second actuator 43 and the third lifting and moving part 650 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator. Or, the operator may be made only through the process of moving the sub-extension (643) to the electric wire 30 side by manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and The second wire 42 and the third lifting unit 650 may be made through the process of moving up the third wire support portion 640 installed in the arm neck 510.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is to move the loose neck portion 510 upward by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the operator's convenience, The sub extension part 643 may be moved upward by the manual operation to the electric wire 30 side.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 것과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support 640 downward in accordance with the working conditions or the operator's convenience, the third wire support portion installed on the loose neck portion 510 by the second actuator 42 and the third lifting and moving portion 650 It may be made through a combination of moving the 640 up and the process of moving the sub-extension portion (643) to the wire 30 side by a manual operation.
또한, 제3전선지지부(640)를 하향 이동시키는 작동은 작업 여건이나 작업자의 편의에 따라 제1액츄에이터(41) 및 승강부(530)에 의해 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 제2액츄에이터(42) 및 제3승강이동부(650)에 의해 가완목부(510)에 설치된 제3전선지지부(640)를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 작업자가 수동 조작에 의해 서브연장부(643)를 전선(30)측으로 상향 이동시키는 과정을 복합적으로 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the operation of moving the third wire support portion 640 downward is a process of moving up the loose neck portion 510 by the first actuator 41 and the lifting portion 530 according to the working conditions or the convenience of the operator, and The process of moving up the third wire support part 640 installed in the armrest neck part 510 by the two actuators 42 and the 3rd moving part 650, and the operator wires the sub extension part 643 by manual operation. It may be made through the process of moving upward to the (30) side.
도 39를 참조하면, 전선(30)을 제3전선지지부(640)에서 핀장주(23)의 LP애자(25)로 이선하는 단계(S112)는, 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 밀착시킨 상태로 바인더하여 결속시킨 후, 전선(30)과 제3전선지지부(640)의 결속을 해제하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다. 여기서 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 바인더한다는 것은, 피복된 와이어, 테이프, 클립 등의 바인더부재를 이용해 전선(30)을 LP애자(25)에 고정시키는 것을 의미한다.Referring to FIG. 39, the step S112 of transferring the electric wire 30 from the third electric wire support part 640 to the LP insulator 25 of the pin holder 23, the electric wire 30 to the LP insulator 25. After binding and binding the binder in close contact, the wire 30 and the third wire support part 640 are released through the process of releasing the binding. Bindering the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 means fixing the wire 30 to the LP insulator 25 using a binder member such as a coated wire, a tape, a clip, or the like.
전선(30)과 제3전선지지부(640)의 결속을 해제하는 것은, 잠금부(648)를 회동 조작하여 개방부(646a)를 개방시키고, 개방부(646a)를 통해 브라켓부(646)의 외부로 전선(30)을 빼내는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Releasing the binding of the electric wire 30 and the third electric wire support part 640 rotates the locking part 648 to open the opening part 646a, and of the bracket part 646 through the opening part 646a. Through the process of pulling out the wire 30 to the outside.
도 40을 참조하면, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S113)는, 승강이동부(550, 650)와 전선지지부(540, 640)를 가완목부(510)에서 분리시킨 후, 가완목부(510)를 가완목고정부(520) 또는 승강부(530)에서 분리시키고, 승강부(530)를 가완목고정부(520)에서 분리시키며, 가완목고정부(520)를 신설전주(13)에서 분리시키는 과정을 거쳐 이루어진다.Referring to FIG. 40, in the step S113 of removing the loose neck part 510 from the new pole 13, the lifting moving parts 550 and 650 and the wire support parts 540 and 640 are separated from the loose neck part 510. Then, the loose neck part 510 is separated from the loose neck fixing part 520 or the lifting part 530, the lifting part 530 is separated from the loose neck fixing part 520, and the loose neck fixing part 520 is newly established ( 13) is made through the process of separation.
또한, 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)에서 철거하는 단계(S113)는, 승강이동부(550, 650)와 전선지지부(540, 640)가 설치된 상태의 가완목부(510)를 신설전주(13)로부터 분리하는 과정을 거쳐 이루어질 수도 있다.In addition, the step (S113) of dismantling the loose neck portion 510 in the new pole 13, the newly installed pole (510) of the loose neck portion 510 of the lifting movable portion 550, 650 and the wire support portion 540, 640 is installed ( It can also be achieved by separating from 13).
도 28 내지 도 40에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 거치는 것에 의해, 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용해 전주를 용이하게 신설할 수 있다. By going through the process as shown in Figures 28 to 40, it is possible to easily establish a pole by using the auxiliary equipment for the distribution line live work.
또한, 도 28 내지 도 35에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 거치는 것에 의해, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치할 수 있다. 이후 LP애자(25) 각각에 대해, 도 36 내지 도 39에 도시된 바와 같은 과정을 복수회 거치면서, 복수개의 LP애자(25) 각각을 순차적으로 설치할 수도 있다.In addition, by going through the process as shown in Figures 28 to 35, it is possible to install the pin length column 23 on the new pole (13). Thereafter, for each of the LP insulators 25, a plurality of LP insulators 25 may be sequentially installed while going through the process as illustrated in FIGS. 36 to 39 a plurality of times.
한편, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)의 전동력을 이용해, 가완목부(510)의 높이 또는 전선지지부(540, 640) 높이, 전선지지부(540, 640)측으로 이선된 전선(30)의 높이를 자동으로 조절하면서 전주를 신설하는 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.On the other hand, according to the present invention, by using the electric force of the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42, the height of the loose neck portion 510 or the height of the wire support portion 540, 640, the wire support portion 540, 640 side While automatically adjusting the height of the wires wired wire 30 can easily perform the task of establishing a pole.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 가완목부(510)와 전선지지부(540, 640) 전체의 높이를 다단으로 조정할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라, 전선지지부(540, 640) 중 전선구속부(545, 645)가 형성된 서브연장부(543, 643)만을 상하로 이동시키는 것에 의해, 전선구속부(545, 645) 또는 전선(30)의 높이를 3단으로 조절할 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, the heights of the loose neck portion 510 and the entire wire support portions 540 and 640 can be adjusted in multiple stages, and wire restraints 545 and 645 are formed among the wire support portions 540 and 640. By moving only the sub extension parts 543 and 643 up and down, the height of the wire restraint parts 545 and 645 or the electric wire 30 can be adjusted to three steps.
이에 따라, 본 발명에 의하면, 작업자가 작업 여건이나 편의에 따라 가완목부(510)의 높이, 전선지지부(540, 640) 전체의 높이, 서브연장부(543, 643)의 높이를 선택적으로 조정하면서 전주 신설 작업을 용이하게 수행할 수 있다.Accordingly, according to the present invention, while the operator selectively adjusts the height of the loose neck portion 510, the height of the entire wire support portion (540, 640), the height of the sub-extensions (543, 643) according to the working conditions or convenience Newly built works can be easily performed.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 제1액츄에이터(41) 또는 제2액츄에이터(42)를 이용해 작업자가 전선(30)과 이격된 위치에서 전선(30)을 핀장주(23)의 상부로 이격시키는 작업을 수행할 수 있어, 신설전주(13)상에 핀장주(23)를 설치하기 위한 활선작업 공간을 용이하게 확보할 수 있고, 핀장주(23) 설치 시 작업자가 전선(30)과 접촉되어 발생되는 안전사고의 위험을 줄일 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, the operator using the first actuator 41 or the second actuator 42 to separate the wire 30 to the upper portion of the pin length column 23 at the position spaced apart from the wire 30 It can be performed, it is possible to easily secure the live work space for installing the pin length column 23 on the new pole 13, the operator is in contact with the electric wire 30 when the pin length column 23 is installed Reduce the risk of safety accidents.
또한, 본 발명에 의하면, 복수개의 전선지지부(540, 640)가 가완목부(510)에 기설치된 상태에서 가완목부(510)를 상향 이동시키면, 전선지지부(540, 640) 각각을 상향 이동시키는 번거로움 없이, 복수개의 전선지지부(540, 640) 전부를 동일 변위로 상향이동시킬 수 있다.In addition, according to the present invention, when the plurality of wire support parts 540, 640 is moved upwardly in the state in which the plurality of wire support parts 540, 640 are pre-installed in the loose neck part 510, it is a hassle for moving each of the wire support parts 540, 640 upward. Without a lot, all of the plurality of wire supports 540 and 640 can be moved upward with the same displacement.
본 발명은 도면에 도시된 실시예를 참고로 하여 설명되었으나, 이는 예시적인 것에 불과하며, 당해 기술이 속하는 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 이로부터 다양한 변형 및 균등한 타 실시예가 가능하다는 점을 이해할 것이다. 따라서 본 발명의 기술적 보호범위는 아래의 특허청구범위에 의해서 정하여져야 할 것이다.Although the present invention has been described with reference to the embodiments shown in the drawings, this is merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art to which the art belongs can make various modifications and other equivalent embodiments therefrom. Will understand. Therefore, the technical protection scope of the present invention will be defined by the claims below.

Claims (11)

  1. 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 단계;Installing a new pole on the track of the wire formed between the existing poles;
    가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계;Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole;
    상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계;Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck;
    상기 가완목부 또는 상기 전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키는 단계;Move the loose neck portion or the wire support portion upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and move at least one of the plurality of wire support portions to which the wire is transferred in a direction spaced apart from the new pole. Making a step;
    상기 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 단계;Installing a pin holder on the new pole;
    상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 단계; 및Moving at least one of the plurality of wire support parts moved in a direction spaced apart from the new pole in the pin long direction; And
    상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.And discharging the electric wire from the wire support part to the LP insulator of the pin holder.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 것은, 상기 가완목부에 좌우로 이동 가능하게 설치되는 슬라이드이동부를 좌우로 이동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지는 것을 배전설비 활선작업 방법.Moving at least one of the plurality of wire support parts in a direction spaced from the new pole or in the pin-length direction by moving the slide moving part provided to be movable left and right in the loose neck part left and right How to work the distribution facilities live.
  3. 기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 전선의 선로상에 신설전주를 설치하는 단계;Installing a new pole on the track of the wire formed between the existing poles;
    가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계;Fixing a loose neck to the newly constructed pole;
    상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계;Transferring the electric wire to an electric wire support installed in the loose neck;
    상기 가완목부 또는 상기 전선지지부를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키는 단계;Move the loose neck portion or the wire support part upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and rotate at least one of the plurality of wire support parts to which the wire is transferred in a direction away from the newly installed pole. Making a step;
    상기 신설전주에 핀장주를 설치하는 단계;Installing a pin holder on the new pole;
    상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 단계; 및Rotating at least one of the plurality of wire support parts rotated in a direction spaced apart from the newly formed pole in the pin long direction; And
    상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.And discharging the electric wire from the wire support part to the LP insulator of the pin holder.
  4. 제3항에 있어서,The method of claim 3,
    복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 것은, 상기 전선지지부를 상하로 이동시키는 승강이동부를 회전부에 의해 회전시키는 것에 의해 이루어지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.Rotating at least one of the plurality of wire support parts in a direction spaced from the new pole or rotating in the pin length direction is achieved by rotating the lifting and lowering part for moving the wire support part up and down by a rotating part. Line work method of power distribution equipment characterized in that.
  5. 제1항 또는 제3항에 있어서,The method according to claim 1 or 3,
    상기 핀장주는, 편장주의 수평배열을 가지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.The pin-length column, the distribution line live work method characterized in that it has a horizontal arrangement of the lanyard.
  6. 가완목부; 상기 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 가완목고정부; 상기 가완목부를 상하로 이동시키는 승강부; 상기 가완목부에 설치되며, 전선을 지지하는 복수개의 전선지지부; 및 상기 전선지지부 각각을 독립적으로 승강시키는 복수개의 승강이동부;를 포함하는 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용하여 전주를 신설하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 있어서,Loose neck; Gawanmokgogo fixed to secure the gawanmok wood to the newly established Jeonju; Lifting unit for moving the loose neck portion up and down; A plurality of wire support parts installed on the loose neck part to support electric wires; In the power distribution equipment live work method of establishing a new pole using a power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device including a plurality of lifting and moving unit for independently lifting each of the wire support;
    기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 상기 전선의 선로상에 상기 신설전주를 설치하는 단계;Installing the new pole on the track of the wire formed between the existing poles;
    상기 가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계;Fixing the loose neck to the new pole;
    상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 상기 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계;Transferring the electric wire to the electric wire support part installed in the loose neck part;
    상기 가완목부와 상기 전선지지부 모두를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키는 단계;Moves both the wooden member and the wire support part upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and at least one of the plurality of wire support parts to which the wire is transferred is spaced apart from the new pole. Moving;
    상기 신설전주에 상기 핀장주를 설치하는 단계;Installing the pin length column in the newly formed pole;
    상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 단계; 및Moving at least one of the plurality of wire support parts moved in a direction spaced apart from the new pole in the pin long direction; And
    상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하고,And transferring the wires from the wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator.
    상기 가완목부의 이동은 제1액츄에이터에서 동력을 전달받아 상기 가완목부를 상하로 이동시키는 상기 승강부를 작동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지고, 상기 전선지지부의 승강은 제2액츄에이터에서 동력을 전달받아 상기 전선지지부를 승강시키는 상기 승강이동부를 작동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지며,The movement of the loose neck portion is made by operating the lifting part for receiving power from the first actuator and moving the loose neck part up and down, and the lifting and lowering of the wire support part receives power from the second actuator to receive the wire support part. Is made by operating the elevating movable portion to elevate,
    상기 가완목부와 상기 전선지지부 모두를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 상기 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계는, 상기 제1액츄에이터와 상기 승강부에 의해 상기 가완목부를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 상기 제2액츄에이터와 상기 승강이동부에 의해 상기 전선지지부를 상승시키는 과정을 모두 거쳐 이루어지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.The upward movement of both the loose neck portion and the wire support portion to position the wire above the installation height of the pin holder, the process of moving up the loose neck portion by the first actuator and the lifting unit, Distribution line live work method comprising the step of raising all the wire support by the second actuator and the lifting and moving unit.
  7. 제6항에 있어서,The method of claim 6,
    복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 이동시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 이동시키는 것은, 상기 가완목부에 좌우로 이동 가능하게 설치되는 슬라이드이동부를 좌우로 이동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지는 것을 배전설비 활선작업 방법.Moving at least one of the plurality of wire support parts in a direction spaced from the new pole or in the pin-length direction by moving the slide moving part provided to be movable left and right in the loose neck part left and right How to work the distribution facilities live.
  8. 가완목부; 상기 가완목부를 신설전주에 고정시키는 가완목고정부; 상기 가완목부를 상하로 이동시키는 승강부; 상기 가완목부에 설치되며, 전선을 지지하는 복수개의 전선지지부; 및 상기 전선지지부 각각을 독립적으로 승강시키는 복수개의 승강이동부;를 포함하는 배전설비 활선작업용 보조장치를 이용하여 전주를 신설하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법에 있어서,Loose neck; Gawanmokgogo fixed to secure the gawanmok wood to the newly established Jeonju; Lifting unit for moving the loose neck portion up and down; A plurality of wire support parts installed on the loose neck part to support electric wires; In the power distribution equipment live work method of establishing a new pole using a power distribution equipment live work auxiliary device including a plurality of lifting and moving unit for independently lifting each of the wire support;
    기설전주의 사이에 형성되는 상기 전선의 선로상에 상기 신설전주를 설치하는 단계;Installing the new pole on the track of the wire formed between the existing poles;
    상기 가완목부를 상기 신설전주에 고정시키는 단계;Fixing the loose neck to the new pole;
    상기 전선을 상기 가완목부에 설치된 상기 전선지지부로 이선하는 단계;Transferring the electric wire to the electric wire support part installed in the loose neck part;
    상기 가완목부와 상기 전선지지부 모두를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키고, 상기 전선이 이선된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키는 단계;Move the both the loose neck portion and the wire support portion upward to position the wire above a predetermined height of the pin holder, and at least one of the plurality of wire support portions to which the wire is transferred is spaced apart from the new pole. Rotating;
    상기 신설전주에 상기 핀장주를 설치하는 단계;Installing the pin length column in the newly formed pole;
    상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전된 복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 단계; 및Rotating at least one of the plurality of wire support parts rotated in a direction spaced apart from the newly formed pole in the pin long direction; And
    상기 전선을 상기 전선지지부에서 상기 핀장주의 LP애자로 이선하는 단계;를 포함하고,And transferring the wires from the wire support to the pin insulator LP insulator.
    상기 가완목부의 이동은 제1액츄에이터에서 동력을 전달받아 상기 가완목부를 상하로 이동시키는 상기 승강부를 작동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지고, 상기 전선지지부의 승강은 제2액츄에이터에서 동력을 전달받아 상기 전선지지부를 승강시키는 승강이동부를 작동시키는 것에 의해 이루어지며,The movement of the loose neck portion is made by operating the lifting part for receiving power from the first actuator and moving the loose neck part up and down, and the lifting and lowering of the wire support part receives power from the second actuator to receive the wire support part. It is made by operating the elevating moving part to elevate,
    상기 가완목부와 상기 전선지지부 모두를 상향 이동시켜 상기 전선을 상기 핀장주의 설치 예정 높이보다 상측에 위치시키는 단계는, 상기 제1액츄에이터와 상기 승강부에 의해 상기 가완목부를 상향 이동시키는 과정과, 상기 제2액츄에이터와 상기 승강이동부에 의해 상기 전선지지부를 상승시키는 과정을 모두 거쳐 이루어지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.The upward movement of both the loose neck portion and the wire support portion to position the wire above the installation height of the pin holder, the process of moving up the loose neck portion by the first actuator and the lifting unit, Distribution line live work method comprising the step of raising all the wire support by the second actuator and the lifting and moving unit.
  9. 제8항에 있어서,The method of claim 8,
    복수개의 상기 전선지지부 중 적어도 어느 하나를 상기 신설전주로부터 이격되는 방향으로 회전시키거나 상기 핀장주 방향으로 회전시키는 것은, 상기 전선지지부를 상하로 이동시키는 승강이동부를 회전부에 의해 회전시키는 것에 의해 이루어지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.Rotating at least one of the plurality of wire support parts in a direction spaced from the new pole or rotating in the pin length direction is achieved by rotating the lifting and lowering part for moving the wire support part up and down by a rotating part. Line work method of power distribution equipment characterized in that.
  10. 제6항 또는 제8항에 있어서,The method according to claim 6 or 8,
    상기 핀장주는, 편장주의 수평배열을 가지는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.The pin-length column, the distribution line live work method characterized in that it has a horizontal arrangement of the lanyard.
  11. 제6항 또는 제8항에 있어서,The method according to claim 6 or 8,
    상기 승강이동부는, 상기 가완목부상에 착탈가능하게 결합되는 가완목설치부; 및The elevating moving part, the loose neck installation portion detachably coupled to the loose neck portion; And
    상기 가완목설치부에 설치되고, 상기 제2액츄에이터에서 동력을 전달받아 상기 전선지지부를 상하로 이동시키는 구동부;를 포함하며, And a driving unit installed in the armature installation unit and receiving power from the second actuator to move the wire support unit up and down.
    상기 가완목설치부는 상기 전선지지부의 상하 이동을 가이드하는 중공의 가이드홀부를 구비하여 상기 가완목설치부상에 형성되는 가이드부;를 포함하고, The loose neck mounting portion comprises a guide portion formed on the loose neck mounting portion having a hollow guide hole to guide the vertical movement of the wire support;
    상기 구동부는, 상기 제2액츄에이터로부터 회전력을 전달받도록 단부에 상기 제2액츄에이터와 맞물리는 동력유입부가 형성되는 웜과, 상기 웜에 치합되어 상기 웜에 연동하여 회전되는 웜휠이 구비되는 동력전달부;The drive unit may include: a power transmission unit including a worm having a power inlet part engaged with the second actuator at an end thereof so as to receive rotational force from the second actuator, and a worm wheel engaged with the worm to rotate in conjunction with the worm;
    상기 웜휠과 동축상에 결합되고, 상기 웜휠에 연동하여 회전되는 축통부; 및A shaft portion coupled to the worm wheel coaxially and rotating in conjunction with the worm wheel; And
    상기 축통부에 권취되고, 상기 제2액츄에이터를 구동시키는 것에 의해 상기 전선지지부가 상하로 이동되게 상기 전선지지부와 연결되는 벨트부;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 배전설비 활선작업 방법.And a belt portion wound on the shaft portion and connected to the wire support portion such that the wire support portion is moved up and down by driving the second actuator.
PCT/KR2015/005795 2014-01-20 2015-06-09 Power distribution facility live-line working method WO2015190812A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MYPI2016002158A MY178058A (en) 2014-06-09 2015-06-09 Power distribution facility live-line working method
CN201580030710.1A CN106463941B (en) 2014-01-20 2015-06-09 Controller switching equipment livewire work method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2014-0069763 2014-06-09
KR1020140069763A KR101473821B1 (en) 2014-01-20 2014-06-09 Method for hot line work of power distribution equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015190812A1 true WO2015190812A1 (en) 2015-12-17

Family

ID=54837426

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2015/005795 WO2015190812A1 (en) 2014-01-20 2015-06-09 Power distribution facility live-line working method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
MY (1) MY178058A (en)
WO (1) WO2015190812A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113314917A (en) * 2021-05-20 2021-08-27 贵州电网有限责任公司 Based on efficient low pressure is electrified to be taken firearm
CN113612183A (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-11-05 广东电网有限责任公司 Porcelain cross arm
CN113928997A (en) * 2021-09-30 2022-01-14 国网浙江省电力有限公司金华供电公司 General hoisting device of transmission line ground wire
CN114803931A (en) * 2021-01-22 2022-07-29 国网智能科技股份有限公司 Distribution network live working robot wire lifting device and method and robot

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4188477B2 (en) * 1999-02-04 2008-11-26 株式会社中電工 How to remove an imaginary ground wire
KR100934083B1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-12-24 양희성 Jumper Wire Fixture
KR101254577B1 (en) * 2012-11-21 2013-04-15 서광전기통신공사(주) The cable fixing bar provisionally installation equipment for work power distribution line
KR101275111B1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2013-06-17 임용호 Replacement method for power distribution equipment of direct live wire for double insulation
KR20130121398A (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-11-06 서광전기통신공사(주) The pole fittings changing method use lifting apparatus

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4188477B2 (en) * 1999-02-04 2008-11-26 株式会社中電工 How to remove an imaginary ground wire
KR100934083B1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-12-24 양희성 Jumper Wire Fixture
KR20130121398A (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-11-06 서광전기통신공사(주) The pole fittings changing method use lifting apparatus
KR101254577B1 (en) * 2012-11-21 2013-04-15 서광전기통신공사(주) The cable fixing bar provisionally installation equipment for work power distribution line
KR101275111B1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2013-06-17 임용호 Replacement method for power distribution equipment of direct live wire for double insulation

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114803931A (en) * 2021-01-22 2022-07-29 国网智能科技股份有限公司 Distribution network live working robot wire lifting device and method and robot
CN114803931B (en) * 2021-01-22 2023-12-05 国网智能科技股份有限公司 Distribution network live working robot wire lifting device, method and robot
CN113314917A (en) * 2021-05-20 2021-08-27 贵州电网有限责任公司 Based on efficient low pressure is electrified to be taken firearm
CN113314917B (en) * 2021-05-20 2023-08-15 贵州电网有限责任公司 Low-voltage live-wire igniter based on high efficiency
CN113612183A (en) * 2021-09-09 2021-11-05 广东电网有限责任公司 Porcelain cross arm
CN113928997A (en) * 2021-09-30 2022-01-14 国网浙江省电力有限公司金华供电公司 General hoisting device of transmission line ground wire

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MY178058A (en) 2020-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022085943A1 (en) Movable roller type insulated lift arm for indirect live wires and uninterruptible method for indirect live wires using same
WO2020013473A1 (en) Indirect live wire lifting device for power distribution line, and indirect live wire uninterruptable power method using same
WO2019177276A1 (en) Cable clamp connection device having insulating lifting function and indirect live wire uninterruptible power distribution method using device
WO2021206297A1 (en) External electric gear double-locking ratchet-type wire grip for indirect live line, and indirect live line construction method for sagging adjustment, tensioning work, and suspension insulator replacement using same
WO2015190812A1 (en) Power distribution facility live-line working method
WO2021010600A1 (en) Arc interruption-type high-speed switching cable clamp connection device having insulating lifting function, and indirect live wire uninterruptible power distribution method using same
WO2014035169A1 (en) Agricultural robot for pest control, and agricultural robot system for pest control
WO2016104890A1 (en) Gantry tower crane for inspecting cargo hold
WO2010027151A2 (en) Maintenance and repair apparatus for outdoor lamp
WO2020209502A1 (en) Secondary battery cell stacking device and manufacturing system comprising same
WO2015190811A1 (en) Auxiliary device for power distribution facility live-line working, and power distribution facility live-line working method using same
WO2015137774A1 (en) Latch system for door
WO2023200102A1 (en) Automatic direction switching pendulum-type rotary drive ratchet wire grip for indirect live wire and method for wiring indirect live wire using same
WO2017188629A1 (en) Headrest folding device
WO2017159985A1 (en) Blade transport vehicle
WO2022196901A1 (en) Trap-type live wire terminal insulation cap and indirect live wire insulation method for jumper wire using same
WO2012141399A1 (en) Apparatus for manufacturing a concrete electric pole having improved top and bottom faceplates, and method for manufacturing the electric pole using same
WO2023234500A1 (en) Automatic screw welding system
WO2018088622A1 (en) Folding system for paper sheet having variable function and variable method
WO2018074735A1 (en) Method for automatic replacement of casing and drill pipe and drilling machine comprising same
WO2019009533A1 (en) Profile assembly
WO2011055947A9 (en) Mobile multifunctional table lift
WO2020027405A1 (en) Concrete pile structure using modular pile, and modular pile manufacturing apparatus and method
WO2020138937A1 (en) Press apparatus
WO2016024715A1 (en) Driving assistance apparatus for wheelchair

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15806993

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15806993

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1